Quarterlytics / Auto - Dealerships / Motorpoint Group

Motorpoint Group

motr · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker motr
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry Auto - Dealerships
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Motorpoint Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
M

o

t

o

r

p

o

i

n

t

G

r

o

u

p

P

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

2

Transformation 
delivering  
significant growth

Motorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Motorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

About us

Car buying 
made easy

Motorpoint is the UK’s leading omnichannel retailer of 
0-4 year nearly new vehicles driven under 30,000 miles. 

Making car buying easy has been 
our Purpose for over 20 years. It’s 
the reason why we have such a rich 
history of adapting to the needs 
of our customers and continually 
innovating to deliver the best car 
buying experience possible. 

Decades of putting our customers 
at the centre of everything we 
do has given us an unparalleled 
understanding of what people  
want when they buy a car. 

This is why we believe so strongly 
in giving our customers unrivalled 
Choice, Value, Service, and Quality, 
and why we continue to be trusted 
to be the Car Buyer’s Champion.

Contents

Strategic Report

1 

2 

3 

2022 highlights

At a glance

Investment case

Governance

68  Board of Directors

70 

Introduction to governance

71  Corporate governance report

4  Our business and our market

75  Audit Committee report

6 

The Car Buyer’s Champion

79  Nomination Committee report

8  Our customers’ journey

82  Remuneration Committee report

84  Remuneration policy

91  Annual report on remuneration

99  Director’s report

104  Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

10  Market overview

12  How we create value

14  Chair’s statement

17  COVID-19 update

18  Chief Executive’s statement

23  Key performance indicators

24  Our strategy

32  Section 172 statement

35  Environmental, Social and Governance

54  Financial review

58  Risk management

61  Principal risks and uncertainties

66  Non-financial information statement

Financial Statements

106  Independent auditors’ report

112  Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income

113  Consolidated balance sheet

114  Consolidated statement  
of changes in equity

115  Consolidated cash flow statement

116  Notes to the consolidated  
financial statements

141  Company balance sheet

142  Company statement 
of changes in equity

143  Notes to the company  
financial statements

147  Alternative performance measures

148  Glossary

149  Shareholder information and advisers

1

2022 highlights

£1,322m

record turnover

£625m

online revenues

97.7k

vehicles sold

60%

units sold online

£1,446

gross profit per retail unit 

3.1%

market share  
(0–4 year old car market)1

#1

best company to  
work for in the  
automotive sector2

84

net promoter score  
(‘NPS’)

Revenue

£1,322.3m

2022  

2021  

£721.4m

£1,322.3m

Gross Margin

8.0%

2022  

2021  

Profit Before Taxation (‘PBT’)

Basic Earnings Per Share (‘EPS’)

£21.5m

2022  

2021  

£9.7m

£21.5m

18.7p

2022  

2021  

8.4p

8.0%

8.7%

18.7p

Sell your car
buying cars direct from consumers, successfully 
launched in July 2021

#49 Best Large Company to Work For in the UK 
our eighth consecutive year in “The UK’s 100 Best Companies 
To Work For”

Average time to prepare a car
improved to 8.2 days for 0-3 year old cars (9.7 days in FY21); 
improved to 11.4 days for 3+ year old cars (12.4 days in FY21)

Stock turn
improved to 54 days in stock (67 days in FY21)

Return on Capital Employed (‘ROCE’)

74.6%

2022 

2021 

74.6%

52.7%

Finance penetration 
improved to 52% (42% in FY21), and APR rate lowered again 
to 8.9% (from 9.9% in FY21)

More branches 
Manchester, Maidstone and Portsmouth branches  
opened (making 17 in total)

For the latest investor relations, visit our website | www.motorpointplc.com/investor-relations/why-invest/

Note: FY21 performance and liquidity were impacted by forced branch closures and the challenging economic uncertainty caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. 
1.  based on data produced by the Society of Motor Manufacturers and Traders (‘SMMT’) 
2.  as per the results from The UK’s Best 100 Companies To Work For

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Motorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

2

3

At a glance

Investment case

The UK’s leading independent 
omnichannel vehicle retailer

What makes us different

Our omnichannel approach gives customers the choice of buying cars through  
our branch network or online.

Our purpose 

Our vision 

People powered 

Our Purpose 
is to make car 
buying easy.  

We’re here to help 
our customers 
buy the car they 
want, in the way 
they want.

Our Vision 
is to be the 
Car Buyer’s 
Champion, 
trusted to deliver 
unrivalled 
Choice, Value, 
Service and 
Quality.

At our heart we are a people 

powered business and it is 

our talented people who help 

customers when purchasing a 

vehicle from Motorpoint, giving 

them the advice they’re looking 

for, ensuring everything is to 

the standard they expect and 

developing new innovations, 

products and services that 

constantly improve the 

purchasing process.

Our medium term strategy 
is to grow revenue to more  
than £2bn 

Read more / pages 47–52

Omnichannel and 
customer centric

By focusing on making car 

buying easy for our customers 

we have been able to create 

the very best omnichannel 

experience – one that 

combines the convenience 

and benefits of buying online, 

Home Delivery and Reserve 

and Collect with an extensive 

nationwide retail network 

ensuring high levels of quality, 

service and support.

Read more / page 4

Rapidly upscaling  
our E-commerce 
capability

Substantial increase in 
technology, data and 
marketing investment.

Increase customer 
acquisition and 
retention

Increasing investment in 
our customer proposition, 
marketing capability 
and leveraging our data. 
Led by online sales 
and fulfilment capacity 
increase in new markets.

Expand wholesale  
and E-commerce 
channels

Expanding our 
E-commerce 
Auction4Cars.com 
platform to grow and 
accommodate new 
supply channels.

Operational 
efficiency through 
technology and 
innovation

Further automation and 
technology investment  
as sales migrate to 
E-commerce channels.

Underpinned by a commitment to:

OUR  
STAKEHOLDERS 

OUR PEOPLE  
AND CULTURE

OUR 
COMMUNITIES  
AND THE 
ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE

RISK 
MANAGEMENT

Read more / pages 32–34 

Read more / pages 47–52

Read more / pages 35–52

Read more / pages 67–104

Read more / page 58–65

1 

2 

3 

20+ years of customer 
insight and innovation

Only nearly new cars – 
under four years /  
30,000 miles

Always low 
prices delivering  
great value

4 

Multiple revenue 
streams – Motorpoint, 
Auction4Cars.com, 
ancillary services  
and finance

5 

6 

Nationwide  
branch network

Buy cars direct  
from customers

Digital transformation 
providing opportunities  
for growth

Relentless focus  
on E-commerce

Increasing shift to 
online provides operating 
model opportunities

Website improvements 
boosting traffic

Expansion of 
Auction4Cars.com

Significant investments in 
technology and marketing

Expand digitally led  
car buying service

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

4

Our business and our market

5

A group focused on growth... 

...through two distinct brands 

Motorpoint is the UK’s leading omnichannel vehicle retailer.

Our retail offer of nearly new cars that are under four years old or have completed less that 30,000 miles  
provides customers with an omnichannel purchasing journey combining online with 17 retail branches nationwide.  
We also offer a large range of commercial vehicles under the Motorpoint brand.

Platform successfully upgraded to operate as an automated  
marketplace to third party vendors.

Auction4Cars.com, a business to business entirely online auction marketplace platform, allows an efficient  
and quick route for sale of part exchange vehicles which do not fall into our nearly new retail criteria.  
The business benefits from over 9,000 registered trade users. 

NEARLY NEW  
CONSUMER VEHICLES

Online + In Branch

LIGHT COMMERCIAL 
VEHICLES

Online + In Branch

NON-PART EXCHANGE

Sell your car service launched 
in July 2021

 <4 years 
<30,000 miles

PART EXCHANGE

<4 years 
<30,000 miles

NON-PART EXCHANGE

>4 years 
>30,000 miles

PART EXCHANGE

>4 years 
>30,000 miles

WHOLESALE 
VEHICLES

Online only

Consumer 
omnichannel

20+

years as a leading player 
in the nearly new 
market

#1

Value retailer

84

NPS

Wholesale vehicles
online only

>9,000

Customers and  
growing

Low

cost base

Lowest online  
buyers’ fees from 

£30

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
Motorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

6

The Car Buyer’s Champion

7

Our talented and engaged 
team are focused on making 
Car Buying Made Easy for our 
customers and ensuring we 
achieve our vision

Motorpoint has consistently had more underpriced stock  
than the marketplace since June 2021.”

Autotrader Report May 2022

Our People
Our people are at the heart of our business, not least  
in ensuring the quality of the customer experience;  
this is why we are determined to continually focus  
on our team engagement.

Read more / pages 47–52

600+

makes and models 
in stock

97% 

of vehicles listed as below 
market price average 
on Autotrader

Choice

Value

Choice for our customers means not only the 
model and price range of available vehicles 
we stock, but also the options through which 
they can view, purchase, and take delivery of 
their vehicle.

Being the biggest allows us to secure the 
best stock at competitive prices when we 
source stock and we pass those savings on to 
our customers. Efficient new branch capital 
investment and no requirement to pay for 
goodwill helps manage the overhead base. 

6,590

vehicles home delivered

84

Net Promoter  
Score

Service

100% stock mobility across the UK between 
any of our branches means we are able 
to provide convenience led initiatives, 
such as Same Day Driveaway, free Home 
Delivery, Contactless Collections and a 
range of financing and ancillary products. 
Part exchanges are competitively priced 
and provided and disposed through 
Auction4Cars.com. 

Quality

Motorpoint Quality Standard sits at the 
core of our operations, ensuring we deliver 
the highest levels of quality of product and 
service along the entire customer journey. 
In October we launched the QC app to drive 
improvements in cosmetic and mechanical 
issues which reduced from 7% to 3%.

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

8

Our customers’ journey

9

We make car buying easy by 
being online and in branch

We have invested in creating a deeply embedded digital and retail omnichannel 
customer journey that gives the car buyer the choice of how to buy their next  
car in a way that fits their lifestyle.”

Easy to
find

Easy to
view

Easy to
buy/sell 
your car

Easy to
collect

Easy to
contact

In branch

Online

Branch locations

Customer agents 
within branches

Diverse and vast 
range of stock 
to browse and 
test drive

Enthusiastic 
team to help 
customer through 
the sales process

Comprehensive 
online search 
engine; improved 
listings and search

360° virtual tour 
of the vehicle and 
gallery of images 
with technical 
specifications

Digital end  
to end journey 

Finance completed in 
privacy of own home 
and with access to  
all information

Quality, service 
and fulfilment 
support both online 
and at branch

Same day driveaway

Home delivery

Reserve and collect

Buy Online, collect 
in branch

Handover done in less 
than 30 mins

Benefits

Extensive 
Choice

Great Value – 
Motorpoint  
Price Pledge

Competitive  
Part exchange 
Prices

Flexible  
Finance  
Options

Launched  
our car buying  
service in  
FY22

Payment 
made within 
minutes 
of deal being 
agreed

Award Winning 
Service

14-day  
money back  
guarantee

High quality 
and standards 
guaranteed

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

10

Market overview

We experienced significant 
demand following the 
lockdown last Spring 

Supply was then curtailed following the well publicised 
chip shortage impacting new cars and commercial  
vans. Unprecedented inflation in used car prices in  
the year. Our branches remained open from April, 
despite the COVID-19 pandemic.

97.7k

vehicles sold,  
inc 34.8k via  
Auction4Cars.com  
platform

Revenues

Car market

Consumer confidence

£1,322.3m

2022 

2021 

£721.4m

£1,322.3m

Market share (0-4 year old vehicles)

3.1%

2022  

2021  

3.1%

2.4%

Motorpoint’s core proposition 
remains the sale of nearly new cars 
and commercial vans which are up 
to four years old and have covered 
fewer than 30,000 miles. We monitor 
available market statistics, notably 
from the SMMT, which give us 
transaction volumes for target market 
cars but do not include recorded 
mileage. We therefore use the 
transaction volumes alone as a proxy 
for our available market. The used 
car market was influenced by the 
knock on effect of the chip shortages 
limiting new car production, and 
resultant unprecedented inflation. The 
market increased in FY22, given the 
national lockdowns the previous year, 
despite the impact of chip shortages.

Branch closures during the lockdowns 
in FY21 negatively impacted car 
buying activity, although we did 
experience significant uplift in online 
revenue and home delivered vehicles. 
Following the easing of restrictions 
in April 2021, we experienced record 
sales, as confidence improved. 
Whilst the shift to digital channels 
will continue, the majority of our 
customers still wanted to visit 
branches to complete their car 
buying experience. Despite the 
slowdown in supply, demand 
remained strong as we continued to 
increase our market share. Looking 
forward, the impact of rising cost 
inflation and worldwide vehicle 
supply challenges is likely to affect 
our markets, but it is difficult to assess 
the impact in the short term, which is 
further exacerbated by the situation 
in Ukraine. However, rising inflation 
is likely to place further pressure on 
discretionary spending power and 
consumer sentiment. In this uncertain 
environment, Motorpoint will continue 
to invest in revenue and market share 
growth, in strategic future capabilities 
and in providing an exceptional 
omnichannel customer experience.

11

Motorpoint exceeded our expectations with the delivery of our incredibly low 
mileage Honda Jazz. The sale was conducted in a professional manner. Delivery to 
our home was in the promised time window. The delivery driver kept in touch with 
us by phone in the run up to arrival and ensured a smooth, pleasant handover with 
clear explanation of all essentials. Thanks for your excellent service.”

Customer testimonial

6,590

cars delivered directly 
to customer homes

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
Motorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

12

How we create value

13

Agility, culture, efficiency

Our strength lies in our ability to be agile and responsive, in our people and our culture, 
and in our constant focus on improving operational efficiencies across our digital 
platforms and retail network.

Key strengths and resources

How we create value

New branches and growth opportunity
We can open wherever we see a market opportunity; speed and scale  
are in our control. We can choose to buy an existing dealer, or develop  
an entirely new operation, avoiding the need for goodwill payments.

Breadth of stock
On average 38 brands are available on site or online, spanning all of the 
leading makes and models, sourced from multiple channels. All stock is 
available nationally.

Retail product offer
Our retail proposition continues to be 100% on nearly new cars and 
commercial vans; our product offering is supported by providing finance 
packages to our customers through our finance partners as well as 
offering warranty, insurance and paint protection products. 

Operational control
We have no external restrictions. Proprietary IT systems can be built; 
we have bespoke values led development and staff engagement 
programmes; marketing can be via any channel or into any geography; our 
modest showroom fit out costs support Motorpoint’s value proposition.

Financing
We are free to negotiate for the most competitive terms on the  
external market.

Car buying
In July 2021 we launched our service to purchase cars direct from 
consumers. Depending on their age, cars can either be sold through 
Motorpoint (thus providing a further supply chain route), or via the 
Auction4Cars.com platform.

RETAIL BRANCHES
Our retail branches offer sales, light vehicle 
preparation and a large display area. All 
branches offer café and lounge facilities to 
enhance our customers’ experience and 
comfort. Locations are generally positioned 
for ease of access and located within close 
proximity of a large population. Our paperless 
and contactless purchase process allows 
customers the option to complete their vehicle 
purchase in branch or online, visit our branch 
to collect their vehicle, and drive away in under 
30 minutes.

RETAIL WEBSITES
We constantly innovate to deliver 
outstanding customer service and we have 
a free nationwide Home Delivery service 
with a 14-day money back guarantee to all 
retail customers. Our website allows us 
to maintain a convenient and trusted user 
experience as customer preferences evolve. 

Our upgraded imaging and vehicle 
specification details provide customers 
with substantial information on the vehicle 
they are researching or buying, enhancing 
the conversion to sale on our website. 
MyMotorpoint, our customer portal, was 
launched last year and allows customers to 
complete all documentation requirements 
online, enabling Home Delivery and faster 
handovers in branch. This is proving popular  
with our customers.

Underpinned by our values

Our operating model is focused on putting our employees first. This means empowering our team and giving them the  
skills and confidence to champion the customer. We achieve this through living our core values and team commitments.

S

E

H

C

N

TAIL B R A

E
R

R

E

T

A

I

L

W

E

B

SIT

ES

FREE HOME DELIVERY
Our customers can choose a vehicle, 
arrange finance, purchase and have it 
delivered to them, without having to 
leave their home. We successfully fully 
launched in May 2020, and it continues  
to be popular with customers, despite  
the lockdown restrictions being lifted. 

FREE H

O

M

E

D

E

L

I

V

E

R

Y

PART EXCHANGES
Motorpoint sells vehicles with less than 
30,000 miles, and less than four years 
old, to retail customers. Any vehicle in 
excess of this mileage purchased from 
a customer as part exchange is sold 
through our wholesale E-commerce 
platform Auction4Cars.com. 

This platform provides invaluable live  
data on the latest valuation of vehicles 
sold through Auction4Cars.com and 
allows us to offer the best price to our 
customers for their part exchange. 

S
E
G

C H AN

X

T  E

R

A

P

PROUD

SUPPORTIVE

HAPPY

HONEST

We are proud of what we do, how we do it and 
the people who make it happen – we stand out 
from the crowd and are proud to work as part  
of Team Motorpoint.

We have a one team ethos and understand that together 
we achieve more. We are a united team focused on 
a common goal and vision and will always help our 
customers and colleagues alike #drivingdreams®.

We enjoy what we do and we show it – a smile is 
contagious and our teams wear them naturally with pride. 
A happy team makes for a better working environment 
which in turn translates to a great customer experience.

This applies to our teams, investors and customers. 
Courage and honesty are the vehicles for positive 
change and Team Motorpoint has embraced this.

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
Motorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

14

Chair’s statement

Motorpoint is on an exciting, 
transformational journey

I am delighted to have been given the opportunity to join the Board of Motorpoint  
as Chair, a role which commenced on 10 January 2022.

£1,322m

Total revenues  
(up 83% from FY21)

 £625m

Online revenues  
(up 43% from FY21)

It is clear that Motorpoint is 
embarking on an exciting, 
transformational journey, and I am 
proud to be a part of the next phase 
of growth. I would like to take this 
opportunity to thank the former 
Chair, Mark Morris, for his work with 
the Board and Motorpoint from 2011 
to 2022, successfully leading the 
Group through its IPO in 2016 and 
helping to establish it as the UK’s 
leading independent omnichannel 
vehicle retailer.

Introduction

During my first few months as Chair, 
I have spent time with fellow Board 
members and the Senior Leadership 
Team, immersing myself in the Head 
Office and across the branch network, 
as well as the UK used car industry 
more generally. I have been incredibly 
impressed by what I have seen so far. 
There is no doubt that Motorpoint 
is a responsible, well operated and 
profitable business, with unparalleled 
expertise in the UK’s used car market. 

These are important assets in the 
current environment and provide solid 
foundations to support our emerging 
plans for long term growth. 

Ambition, opportunity  
and execution 

It was Motorpoint’s ambition and the 
scale of the market opportunity that 
initially attracted me to the business. 
The Group has seen significant 
changes to car buying expectations 
as consumers increasingly embrace 
digital content but expect to be able 
to pick and choose services from 
among both digital and physical 
options. The used car retail market 
has also changed significantly with 
the arrival of aggressive, well funded 
‘pure play’ E-commerce competitors 
coupled with many legacy dealers 
that may resist necessary change. We 
are excited by the opportunity to lead 
as the market’s largest omnichannel 
used car retailer and believe we are 
well positioned for success.

Motorpoint is well positioned to  
deliver significant shareholder  
value in the long term.”

John Walden
Chair

15

The Group outlined a number of 
medium term strategic objectives in 
its FY21 Final Results which included, 
among other things, to achieve £1bn 
in online revenue, generate more 
than £2bn in total revenue and open 
12 new branches offering sales, 
customer service and collection. 
I have been pleased to see the 
progress made on these objectives 
just one year on, with the Group 
growing overall revenue by 83% to 
£1.32bn, and E-commerce revenue 
by 43% to £625m whilst also opening 
three new branches in strategically 
significant regions. 

Motorpoint’s medium term 
objectives remain a focus, as it 
embraces the amount and pace of 
transformational change required 
for it to seize its growth opportunity 
in the medium term and beyond. For 
example it will continue developing 
new strategic capabilities across 
the business, and in particular in 
technology and marketing. The 
Group has invested significantly in 
these areas during FY22, recruiting a 
number of new leaders including a 
Chief Digital Officer and a technology 
Board advisor.

The Group has also sought out 
commercial partners who, along with 
myself and other Board members, 
have previous experience in leading 
digital and transformational change 
which will lend itself to Motorpoint’s 
transition to a digitally led business. 
Embracing technology is essential 
for the future of the business, and 
will help us redefine and evolve our 
exceptional customer experience  
and leading value proposition for  
a digital age.

A responsibly minded 
business

Motorpoint has made great strides 
in progressing its ESG strategy, 
propelling the Group towards being 
a more responsible business. The 
recently established ESG Board 
Committee, and appointment of a 
third party advisor who has consulted 
with us on how to measure and 
maximise our emission reductions, 
reinforces our commitment to 
operating in a sustainable manner. 

We’re proud that we are now carbon 
neutral on our Scope 1 and 2 
emissions and are focused on driving 
further improvements across the 
business. The Group looks forward to 
providing regular progress updates.

Value creation

I would like to thank all of my new 
colleagues at Motorpoint, at our 
Head Office and across the branch 
network, for their continued hard 
work and commitment. Whilst the 
current macroeconomic environment 
and related pressures facing UK 
consumers are obvious, I am excited 
by the opportunity in front of us 
and confident that Motorpoint is 
well positioned to deliver significant 
shareholder value in the long term.

John Walden
Chair
15 June 2022

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

16

17

COVID-19 update

Reassessing the  
way we operate 

Following the lifting of lockdown in April 2021, our branches were able to remain 
open for the remainder of the year. However, the pandemic has continued to affect 
both our employees and customers in a number of ways, and has meant behavioural 
changes for many. 

During the periods of closure in FY21 
we had to adapt quickly to a whole 
range of challenges, whether it be 
working from home, accelerating 
our digital capability so all customers 
could buy online with ease, or 
launching free Home Delivery. Many 
of the changes and learnings have 
been retained, since they combine  
to make our business stronger.

Although our branches were able 
to successfully open in April 2021, it 
was not necessarily the same in the 
office, and for many, home working 
continued. Ensuring employee welfare 
continued to be a vitally important 
theme therefore.

During the financial year, the Board 
agreed to repay CJRS income of £81k; 
this was the amount claimed in early 
April before branches reopened, and 
therefore related to FY22.

Taking care of our people
Best company to work for in the 
automotive sector

Employee support and wellbeing was 
a key objective during the pandemic, 
both in FY21 and FY22, since this 
represented a major challenge to  
the Company’s culture. Therefore,  
the Board endorsed the following:

•  Continued remote and 

agile working

•  Contributions towards the cost  
of working from home, for all 
eligible employees

•  Monetary gifts at Christmas 
to compensate for lack of 
usual parties

•  Encouraged an extensive 
programme of employee 
engagement, with a strong  
focus on wellbeing

• 

Implementation of a COVID-19 
secure working environment 
across offices and retail branches.

Continuing to respond 
with agility and meeting 
demand online
Record NPS score of 84 in FY22

Many of the innovations introduced 
during the lockdown periods have 
continued in FY22, to supplement  
our omnichannel offering:

•  Retail customers continue to 

be able to purchase via our call 
centre and digital channels; the 
number of customers who require 
no support or intervention to 
purchase a car has increased

•  6,590 vehicles were prepared, 

sold and delivered to customers’ 
homes, free of charge

• 

For many customers who still 
wanted to view their car before 
completing their purchase, we 
continue to offer a streamlined, 
contactless Reserve and 
Collect option

•  Robust commitment to safety, 
with strict COVID-19 compliant 
procedures in place for the 
majority of the year including 
social distancing measures, 
compulsory face covering in retail 
branches, and thorough cleaning, 
sanitisation of all surfaces  
and vehicles.

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

18

Chief Executive’s statement

Strategic investments to 
continue to grow market share

During a year of much change in our sector our omnichannel proposition has continued 
to excel, providing customers with our winning proposition of unrivalled Choice, Value, 
Service and Quality.

84

Net Promoter  
Score

In a year we have 
stocked over  

600

models

3.1%

market share (0-4 year 
old car market)

Overview

We continue to offer our customers 
every possible way of buying a vehicle 
to ensure everyone can access 
our outstanding price leadership 
proposition. In addition, during the 
year we successfully launched our car 
buying service to increase our supply 
channels as new car supply continues 
to remain subdued.

I am especially pleased with 
our achievements in the year. 
We have successfully navigated 
unprecedented vehicle inflation and 
widely documented supply shortages. 
These shortages undoubtedly limited 
our growth, yet we still managed to 
deliver revenue and profit before 
taxation growth of 83% and 122% 
respectively, and our retail unit 
volumes grew by 46% on FY21. We 
also continued to grow our market 
share, to 3.1% of the 0-4 year old 
market (FY21: 2.4%).

Strong progress has been made 
on our medium term strategic 
targets, with three new branches 
opened successfully in the second 
half of FY22, namely Manchester, 
Maidstone and Portsmouth, in 
addition to our new preparation 
centre in Motherwell, Scotland.

In line with our objective to leverage 
E-commerce platforms to expand 
our supply channels, the Motorpoint 
car buying service is now a fully 
automated digital first offering 
and payments are made to sellers 
within minutes of the vehicle being 
received. Our Auction4Cars.com 
trading platform has also now been 
successfully upgraded to operate as 
an automated marketplace to include 
third party vendors. This is being fully 
launched to further new vendors in 
FY23 and will enable them to auction 
their own vehicles digitally.

We’re the UK’s leading omnichannel  
vehicle retailer, investing now for  
future strategic growth.”

Mark Carpenter
Chief Executive Officer

PROUD

HONEST

Our core values

SUPPORTIVE

HAPPY

E M P L OYEES

The right 
culture to 
succeed

S
H

A

R

E

H

O

L

D

ERS

19

S
R
E
M
O

C UST

Execution of these strategic 
objectives provides further 
evidence of Motorpoint’s agility 
and entrepreneurialism to design, 
test and implement new initiatives 
at pace as market opportunities 
arise. Motorpoint is leveraging its 
exceptional industry knowledge to 
continue increasing its market share 
across all channels, accelerated by 
investment in digital transformation. 

Our ambitions for the business are 
growing and we see substantial 
shareholder value creation and 
therefore we are increasing our 
investment levels further in both 
our customer proposition and 
our investment in technology and 
building our brand.  We are more 
convinced than ever that our 
price leadership, strong customer 
satisfaction and highly engaged 
team are winning in an increasingly 
competitive market.

Our operating model 
begins with our team

The last two years or so has been 
unprecedented, and our team has 
been exemplary in their commitment 
to the business throughout these 
difficult times. Our team continues to 
inspire me and I am grateful for their 
passion, energy and enthusiasm for 
our brand.

Our operating model of how our 
key stakeholders interact is well 
understood by our team and is 
covered in detail, usually by myself,  
with every new starter when they 
attend our induction programme.  

The Motorpoint Virtuous Circle 
combined with our Values of Proud, 
Happy, Honest and Supportive 
continue to provide a robust 
framework for explaining how we 
get things done and what factors to 
consider when decisions are required. 
Our team also has an opportunity to 
ask open questions and understand 
key decisions in their interaction with 
our Senior Leadership Team, who 
host Team Forums at each branch, 
or virtually, every month. Many of the 
improvement areas in the business 
are found in these sessions and our 
team often has a creative solution to 
issues we are facing whether they 
be people, customer or operational 
challenges. We also ensure each 
member of our team has a one on 
one meeting with their Manager 
each month, to ensure pastoral and 
performance conversations happen 
regularly, which contributes to our 
ongoing high levels of employee 
engagement.

The learning and development of our 
people is vital to the future success of 
our business. Our new Learning and 
Development platform launched last 
year to the entire Company allows 
individual learning journeys to be 
created, logged and reviewed.

We believe that the happiness 
of our team is directly correlated 
to our customer satisfaction and 
engagement can be enhanced by 
giving something back to the team. 
Our ‘One Big Dream’ initiative has 
been a huge success, with our people 
using two paid hours per month for 
their own fulfilment.

We continue to have fantastic 
examples of our team using this time 
to follow their dreams, whether it 
be to attend a class or watch their 
child in a school production. Since 
2017 we have committed to being a 
Real Living Wage employer and we 
launched our sixth SAYE scheme in 
the second half of this year, again 
offering the opportunity to become a 
Motorpoint shareholder to our entire 
team, with strong uptake. Finally, none 
of our team has had to work on their 
birthday since 2015, something we 
believe is a great benefit and is unique 
in the UK.

Our annual participation in the 
‘bHeard Best Companies to Work For’ 
provides an opportunity for our team 
to provide honest, valuable feedback 
on their engagement levels and 
how we can improve these further. 
I am proud that we again achieved 
Top 100 status in The UK’s 100 Best 
Companies to Work For. This is the 
eighth consecutive year that we have 
been placed in the Top 100 and is 
testament to the hard work of our 
management team in listening and 
acting on our people’s feedback.  
We were also Number 1 in the 
Automotive category.

We have a responsibility to improve 
diversity and inclusion in our industry. 
We appointed a Head of Recruitment 
and Inclusion in December 2020 and 
have continued to advance our plans 
during the year.

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

20

21

Chief Executive’s statement continued

ESG 

During the year, the Group made 
significant progress on its ESG 
strategy. We recognise that climate 
change is the most serious challenge 
currently threatening the global 
community and we understand 
we have a role to play in reducing 
greenhouse gas emissions. In 
partnership with an independent 
third party, a thorough stakeholder 
engagement process and 
independent materiality assessment 
was conducted to ensure we 
measure and maximise our emission 
reductions. Through this process, we 
have been able to understand and 
then offset through the purchase 
of carbon credits all our Scope 1 
and 2 emissions to be carbon neutral 
on these aspects. Our priority is 
to continue to reduce our Scope 1 
and 2 emissions, and to focus on 
Scope 3 emissions. 

Motorpoint has always been 
conscious of its sustainability footprint 
and has recycled vehicle parts such 
as tyres, batteries and brake discs 
for many years wherever possible. 
We have continued our partnership 
with Go Green to support our drive 
to become more efficient with the 
classification and segregation of our 

waste, which is reported on page 
36. The past year has seen 81% of 
all business waste recycled, and our 
total waste to landfill figure dropping 
below 1%. The next financial year will 
see us make further improvements  
to reduce our waste to landfill figure. 

The Board is also pleased to 
announce that its recently established 
ESG Committee will be chaired 
by Adele Cooper, an existing Non-
Executive Director. Adele’s role is 
in addition to the appointment of a 
specialist Sustainability Manager, who 
joined the Group in September 2021, 
to lead on the process outlined above.

Customers

Our highly engaged team continued 
to deliver our market leading 
proposition of Choice, Value, 
Service and Quality to our loyal 
customers during the period. We 
have an unerring focus on customer 
satisfaction. We take it personally 
when a customer is not happy, 
as we have failed if this happens, 
and immediately look to remedy 
any dissatisfaction. We want our 
customers to be delighted. Our Net 
Promoter Score (‘NPS’) was a record 
high 84 in FY22 (H2 FY21: 83).

This level of customer loyalty is 
recognition of our strategy of 
delivering unrivalled Choice,  
Value, Service and Quality:

Choice – our unique independent 
model allows us to source and sell 
from the broadest range of suppliers, 
allowing us to flex our offering to 
achieve the greatest value for our 
customers. We also launched our 
digital car buying service in the year, 
which is another important supply 
channel for Motorpoint. In the year we 
have stocked well over 600 models 
from 38 manufacturers, and we 
are able to rapidly follow emerging 
customer preferences, such as 
through our increasing proportion of 
hybrid and electric sales. Our range 
increased in the period with a greater 
proportion of prestigious vehicles, 
as well moving into the greater than 
three year old car market, where we 
quickly gained market share.

Value – we are an omnichannel 
vehicle retailer, predicated on working 
to a high volume and keeping our 
cost base low. This allows us to share 
value with our customers, reinforcing 
our volume model. We offer all 
customers finance and ancillary 
product offerings, where we also 
champion low prices, illustrated by 
our decision to again reduce our 
finance APR rates, from 9.9% to 8.9% 
in October 2021. For higher value 
vehicles (over £35,000) our APR 
rate is 7.9%. Our Value proposition 
continues to appeal during these 
uncertain times.

Service – service is what will 
ultimately set us apart in the market. 
We measure ourselves primarily 
using NPS – on this measure we 
have improved again, with a record 
score of 84 (H2 FY21: 83). We are 
delighted with this level of customer 
satisfaction, but are always striving 
for more, and constantly challenge 
our processes to make the buying 
experience as smooth as possible. 

Overall revenue grew 83.3% from 
£721.4m to £1,322.3m. Around 60%  
of transaction volumes were 
online in FY22 (FY21: 69% which 
was inflated by branch lockdown 
closures). E-commerce revenue 
grew to £624.9m (FY21: £437.1m). 
Consequently, we are ahead of plan 
to grow revenue to £2bn.

As planned, we invested heavily in 
the period in capability, technology 
and marketing. We are excited by 
our strong progress one year in, and 
as a result are accelerating our pace 
of investment in transformational 
change. We have completed a 
third party audit of our tech stack, 
and a future road map has been 
developed. A significant number 
of new technology roles have been 
recruited, with the focus on engineers 
and enabling our migration to the 
cloud. Our new Chief Digital Officer 
was recruited in February 2022, and 
we are already seeing the benefits this 
new experience brings as we execute 
our shift to become an agile, product 
led digital leader.

We have made significant 
improvements to our website, email 
communications and targeted 
digital marketing activity. Website 
traffic improved by 15% compared 
to the same period a year ago, and 
improvements have been made in 
all email metrics, with unsubscribe 
rates dropping to just 0.1%. We have 
invested in data science tools and 
talent and this now supports buying 
and pricing decisions and targeted 
customer communications; we are 
excited by the opportunity this brings. 

Three new branches opened 
successfully in the second half of 
FY22, namely Manchester, Maidstone 
and Portsmouth, each strategically 
significant regions for the Group. 
Our estate has therefore expanded 
to 17 branches. The future pipeline 
remains strong and further openings 
can be expected in FY23 as we 
expand our geographical footprint 
to increase market share. 

Good progress 
against strategic 
objectives, with strong 
advancements in 
technology, branch 
expansion and resultant 
market share growth.

Motorpoint serves all buyers, 
whatever their location, and whether 
they wish to buy online, in person 
at our branches, or through a fluid 
combination of both channels. 
Motorpoint has become one of a 
select number of businesses to be 
included in the brand new Platinum 
category in recognition for achieving 
successive years of Feefo Gold 
Trusted Service status.

Quality – our strategic vision is to 
ensure that our omnichannel model 
delivers the same exceptional 
experience in any channel with 
which the customer chooses to 
interact. Our ambition is to be the 
most trusted automotive retailer, and 
this means quality across everything 
we do, with complete focus on our 
customers’ needs.

Strategy Update

In June 2021, we announced our 
objectives to significantly increase our 
rate of growth, with the aim of at least 
doubling FY20 revenue to over £2bn 
in the medium term, by:

•  Growing our E-commerce revenue 

to over £1bn by substantially 
increasing investment in 
marketing, technology and data

•  Opening 12 new sales and 

collection branches to service 
revenue growth, increasing 
investment in the customer 
proposition, and expanding  
our supply channels

Leveraging our E-commerce 
platform Auction4Cars.com 
to accommodate new supply 
channels and to launch our 
marketplace offering

Increasing operational efficiency 
through further automation 
and technology investment 
as customers migrate to 
E-commerce channels.

• 

• 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

22

23

Chief Executive’s statement continued

Key performance indicators

Our Motherwell preparation centre, 
our second dedicated preparation 
site, opened in August 2021, and has 
the capacity to prepare 20,000 cars 
per annum; retail preparation capacity 
is now in excess of 120,000 units 
per annum (on a single shift basis) 
and provides headroom as we grow 
the business.

In line with our objective to leverage 
E-commerce platforms to expand 
our supply channels, the Motorpoint 
car buying service is now a fully 
automated digital first offering and 
payments are made to sellers within 
minutes of the vehicle being received.  
This is an area we intend to grow 
significantly as awareness of our 
highly competitive offering increases.

During FY22, 17.9% of retail vehicles 
sold were sourced from consumers 
(including part exchange) (FY21: 
8.3%). Our Auction4Cars.com trading 

platform has now been successfully 
upgraded to operate as an automated 
marketplace to include third party 
vendors. This will be fully launched 
to further new vendors in FY23 and 
will enable them to auction their own 
vehicles digitally. We are excited by 
the opportunity this presents and look 
forward to providing further details in 
due course.

Motorpoint is an agile business with 
growing brand awareness, low fixed 
costs and a compelling operating 
model that has always offered its 
customers the best value proposition 
in the UK used car market. We have 
always sold cars online, first through 
a call centre handling online enquiries 
and now through a fully integrated, 
end to end digital customer journey. 
This digital led experience will 
continue to evolve in accordance  
with what our customers demand. 

Fundamentally, we see this as 
providing a large choice of high 
quality vehicles at outstanding 
value, and with best in class levels 
of customer service in each market 
we operate in.

While pursuing these objectives 
we increasingly appreciate the 
significant changes to consumer 
buying expectations and the changes 
to the marketplace of used car 
retail. As the largest omnichannel 
used car retailer, we are excited by 
the opportunity to lead, but we also 
embrace the amount and pace of 
change required at Motorpoint to 
seize this opportunity. 

Mark Carpenter
Chief Executive Officer
15 June 2022

It’s important that we 
measure our performance

Financial KPIs1

PBT (£m)2

£21.5m

PBT was £21.5m, up 121.6% on FY21. 
In FY21, PBT was significantly impacted 
by the pandemic and Government 
imposed lockdowns.

2022 

£21.5m

2021 

£9.7m

2020 

2019 

2018

£18.8m

£22.2m

£19.9m

EBITDA (£m)2

£32.3m

Non-financial KPIs

Net Promoter Score3

84

EBITDA increased 76.5%, reflecting 
revenue growth, and despite accelerated 
investment in technology and marketing.

Customer satisfaction has continued  
to strengthen, with record levels of  
NPS being maintained.

2022 

2021 

2020

2019

2018

£18.3m

£32.3m

£27.3m

£30.1m

£27.3m

2022 

2021

2020 

2019

2018

84

83

81

78

77

Gross profit (£m)2

ROCE2

Number of branches

£106.3m

74.6%

17

Gross margin was 8.0% (FY21: 8.7%) and 
it moderated during the year, reflecting 
the inflation pattern, despite continued 
improvements in our preparation processes, 
even as we introduced vehicles over three 
years old. 

£106.3m

2022 

2021 

2020 

2019

2018

£62.5m

£78.9m

£79.9m

£76.4m

Return on Capital Employed increased  
to 74.6% in FY22.

74.6%

52.7%

2022 

2021

2020

2019

2018

96.5%

96.2%

112.6%

Further information

 Our strategy
Read more / page 24

 Financial review
Read more / page 54

1.  Definitions of terms can be found in the Glossary on page 148.

2.   The KPIs for FY18 and FY19 have been restated following the adoption of IFRS 16 in FY20,  

with the exception of the ROCE figure for FY18.

3.   The 2021 data is based on H2 of that year, which is considered to be a more representative  

due to lockdowns during the COVID-19 pandemic.

Three new branches opened in the 
second half of FY22, taking our total 
number of branches up to 17, and 
improving national coverage.

2022 

2021 

2020

2019

2018

17

14

13

12

12

Digital leads

643k

Given our increased focus on being a digitally 
led business, we have introduced a new 
KPI relating to the total number of leads, 
including part exchange and sell your car. 
This year saw a total number of leads through 
digital channels of 643k, representing an 
increase of 95% on prior year.

2022 

2021 

330k

643k

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Motorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

24

Our strategy

The Car Buyer’s Champion

Our strategy remains to grow revenue to more than £2bn in the medium term.  
This will be delivered by continued focus on our customer, ensuring we meet  
their needs and demands online while delivering the highest levels of service,  
quality, and support through our growing nationwide retail network.

Good progress was made in the year against the four pillars of our strategy.

Rapidly upscaling our  
E-commerce capability

Increase customer  
acquisition and retention

•  New tech roles recruited, with focus 

•  Manchester, Maidstone and 

on developers and the cloud

Portsmouth open

•  Future roadmap for our tech stack

•  Data science solutions delivered 

enhancing marketing performance 
and supply and demand insights

•  Share of voice growth and  
improved brand awareness

•  Salesforce CRM launched along  

with Marketing Cloud

•  Digital journey improvements 

•  Reduced repeat purchasing 

including the development of a  
full end to end purchase journey  
on our website

• 

Improved email engagement 
metrics, such as higher click through 
and lower unsubscribe rates

•  Chief Digital Officer started in 

February 2022

timelines through new vehicles 
upgrade communication 
programmes

•  Growth in MyMotorpoint accounts

•  Expansion and investment in the  

van market

25

Despite the uncertain consumer outlook, the Group’s continuing confidence 
allows it to invest in its future growth strategies across multiple initiatives. 
The expansion of our technology team dramatically increases our capability 
to innovate and scale our online platforms with both having huge future 
growth potential.”

Mark Carpenter 
Chief Executive Officer

Expand wholesale and 
E-commerce channels 

• 

Investment in Auction4Cars.com 
leadership, with industry experience

•  Car buying service launched and 
fully automated post soft launch  
in July 2021

•  Website users up 15% on previous year

•  Auction4Cars.com successfully 
upgraded to operate as an 
automated digitally led marketplace 
to include third party vendors

Operational efficiency 
through technology  
and innovation

•  Motherwell preparation centre  
open, with 20k vehicle capacity

•  New QC app launched to measure  

preparation efficiency

•  Prep time improvement from 

9.7 days to 8.2 days per vehicle  
(0–3 year old cars)

•  Automated payments solution 

launched

How our strategy performed in 2022

1 – UPSCALE 
E-COMMERCE 
CAPABILITY

2 – GROW OUR  
MARKET SHARE 

3 – OPERATIONAL 
EXCELLENCE 

Read more about our strategy 
performance on the following 
pages / page 26–31

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

26

Our strategy continued

Strategy Performance for 2022 Accelerating our 

transformation 
to be a digitally 
enabled market 
leader

1 – UPSCALE 
E-COMMERCE 
CAPABILITY

64%

Mobile traffic

(+23% on prior year)

Motorpoint’s advert views 
are up 218% compared to 
the marketplace, which is 
seeing a decrease of 18%.”

Autotrader Report 
May 2022

The operating model for our 
Digital function is completed, and 
recruitment of key roles started with 
the introduction of a Chief Digital 
Officer, Digital Marketing Director, 
Principle Product Owner and several 
supporting roles into the business 
already completed. Continued 
migration of externally supported 
capability into in house teams, 
providing greater agility and  
speed of delivery.

The introduction of Salesforce 
CRM along with Service Cloud and 
Marketing Cloud has provided the 
tools for the continual improvement 
of customer journeys throughout the 
car buying process. 

Improvements to how data is 
structured throughout the business 
has enabled us to deliver improved 
performance reporting, resulting in 
improvements in the effectiveness  
of our digital marketing activities to 
drive sales.

Link to strategy

Rapidly upscaling 
our E-commerce 
capability

Operational efficiency 
through technology  
and innovation

27

Online retail revenue

£415m

2022  

2021  

£415m

£310m

8.8m

Online users

(+15.2% on prior year)

643k

digital leads

(+95% on  
prior year)

Over

23k

retail units  
sold online

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
Motorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

28

Our strategy continued

Strategy Performance for 2022 Online sales 

through quality 
and service 
supported by our 
increasing network 
of branches

2 – GROW OUR  
MARKET SHARE 

Market share (0-4 year old car market)

3.1%

2022  

2021  

3.1%

2.4%

Motorpoint is currently 
bucking the trend for 
searches, and views  
and leads.”

Autotrader Report  
May 2022

29

The branches we opened in FY22 
are at smaller locations than those 
in the legacy estate, and hold fewer 
vehicles. Less employees are required, 
and coupled with lower running  
costs, operating margins can be 
maximised, along with working  
capital requirements.

These new branches are perfect for 
our omnichannel model, since they 
can act as collection centres and 
hubs to service free Home Delivery, 
as well as being more traditional 
branches in their own right.

At Maidstone we are trialling self 
service portals, where customers 
have the choice of ordering their 
vehicle on a screen, rather than 
through a salesperson.

Link to strategy

Expand wholesale and 
E-commerce channels

17

branches 
nationwide

60  

minutes
We have next day free  
Home Delivery within  
60 minutes of 
a branch

Three new stores 
became fully 
operational in FY22

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
Motorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

30

Our strategy continued

Strategy Performance for 2022 Quality included 
as an additional 
‘customer pledge’ 
to Choice, Value  
and Service

3 – OPERATIONAL 
EXCELLENCE

31

•  Right first time is an aspirational KPI 
metric and required the creation 
and adoption of a new QC app 
and reporting. Rework is costly and 
wastes resource, impacting output

•  The Motorpoint Standard was 
also reviewed and updated 
and communicated throughout 
the organisation

•  QC app was launched in early 

October 2021 and has delivered 
step change performance

•  Nine of our ten preparation centres 
have upgraded image booths and 
new turntable technology (video 
and open doors) 

•  Quality control software was 
introduced at the same time 
and recruitment of direct labour 
‘booth operators’ to replace 
contractor resources

•  Consolidation of 29 national third 
party contractors to three primary 
partners is nearing completion and 
single valet and repair contractor 
initiative is on plan

•  Preparation issues within 72 hours 
of collection have been monitored 
for more than 12 months

•  Restructuring the technology 

function, including the adoption 
of new/different skill sets – setting 
ourselves up for success.

Link to strategy

Operational efficiency 
through technology 
and innovation

And this has 
delivered results

Operational efficiencies

DIGITAL SALES AND 
SUPPORT TEAM

Sales enquiries received through 
our website are directed to our 
dedicated national sales team which 
handles email, phone and web chat 
enquiries. The team sell vehicles, 
finance and ancillary products for 
collection at a retail branch, arrange 
transportation if required, value any 
part exchange vehicle and support 
our customers through the purchase 
journey. Customers can now also 
purchase directly from our website 
without communicating with our 
sales teams. In the event a customer 
requires support, a dedicated digital 
support team provides guidance 
for our customers to ensure a 
smooth transaction.

GENERATING OUTSTANDING 
CUSTOMER VALUE FROM 
A LOW COST BASE

We are a low cost, high volume 
business focused on generating 
efficient returns through the efficient 
deployment of capital resources. 
Through a cost effective branch 
opening and low operating cost 
base and a relentless drive on stock 
turn, management has been able to 
generate strong, recurring levels of 
return on capital employed.

The number of 
preparation 
issues has nearly 
halved from 
beginning of year

15% reduction in 
preparation time 
on 0-3 year old 
cars in FY22

8% reduction in 
preparation time on 
3+ year old cars in 
FY22

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

32

Section 172 statement

Our stakeholders at the 
heart of our model

The Board has a duty to promote the long term, sustainable success of the Company 
and of the wider Group. The baseline duty is set out in section 172 of the Companies Act 
2006, but in reality, it is broader, and the Board considers a wide range of statutory and 
other factors within its decision making process. 

This section 172 statement signposts some of the key ways 
in which we have engaged with stakeholders across the 
year ended 31 March 2022 and built confidence in the 
sustainability of their relationship with the Group. It should 
be read in conjunction with: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the Chief Executive’s statement from page 18 
to page 22

the Chair’s statement on page 14 and page 70 

the ESG report from page 35 to page 53

the Risk landscape from page 58 to page 65 

the Chief Financial Officer’s review from page 54 
to page 57

the Governance and related reports from page 67 
to page 104

Board decision making will always encompass: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the likely consequences of any decision in the long 
term and the risks to the Group and its stakeholders; 

the interests and wellbeing of our people and the 
communities where we are present; 

the impact of our vehicles and business on the 
environment and the need to ‘decarbonise’;

the Group’s relationships with its customers and 
suppliers; and 

the importance of our reputation for integrity and  
high standards of business conduct. 

Motorpoint believes that a key mechanism in ensuring that 
it makes good long term and sustainable decisions is open, 
two way dialogue with all our key stakeholders. We believe 
that understanding the perspective and needs of our 
stakeholders is vital to the Group’s success. 

Good governance, our business ethics and integrity are 
essential to continue to be an attractive company for our 
investors, employer for our employees, partner for our 
suppliers and retailer for our customers.

33

Engaging with our stakeholders

Engaging and understanding the needs of our key stakeholders has never been more important and is critical to the 
Board’s decision making.

Stakeholder

Why we engage

How we engage

Our people

We have an experienced, 
diverse and dedicated 
workforce which we 
recognise as a key asset of 
our business. Therefore, it is 
important that we continue 
to develop the right 
environment and Company 
culture to encourage and 
create opportunities for 
individuals and teams to 
realise their full potential.

•  bHeard annual engagement 

survey

•  Appointed a new Head of 

Internal Coms that has refreshed 
our internal communication 
approach

•  Weekly all team member coms, 
Motormouth, which we have 
revamped this year

•  As COVID-19 restrictions have 
eased we have moved more of 
our Learning and Development 
activity back to face to face, 
including welcome days where 
our team meet the CEO or 
members of the SLT

•  Training and talent development 

programmes 

•  Monthly CEO listening groups 

called Happy Hour

•  Designated NED overseeing 
workforce engagement and 
ensuring updates are provided 
to the rest of the Board.

Outcomes and how feedback  
reaches the Board

•  bHeard results and annual people 
plan presented to the Board at 
January Board meeting 

•  Continued to offer health and 
wellbeing initiatives with both 
mental, physical and financial 
support. We committed to 
ensuring we pay at least the  
Real Living Wage

•  People reports at scheduled  

Board meetings

•  Annual pay review and reports  
to the Remuneration Committee

•  We’ve invested in salary levels in 

key strategic areas of the business 
such as software engineering, 
preparation and customer care

•  Increased discount (to the 

HMRC maximum of 20%) on the 
Company’s Sharesave in order 
to encourage greater “founder 
mentality”.

Read more / pages 47–52

Our customers Our Choice, Value, Service 

Our suppliers 
and partners

and Quality proposition 
is reliant on having the 
right partnerships to 
enable us to deliver for 
customers. We have an 
unerring focus on customer 
satisfaction and that leads 
to 33% of customers repeat 
purchasing from us.

It is crucial that we develop 
and maintain strong 
working relationships with 
our suppliers, so we can 
enhance the efficiency of 
our business and create 
value, and make sure we 
treat suppliers in line with 
our values and ethical 
standards. We continually 
assess our supplier and 
partner network, and 
leverage both internal and 
external expertise to ensure 
appropriate relationships 
and fair economics.

•  Direct feedback sought on a 
regular basis via NPS (84 in 
FY22), Feefo (Platinum rate)  
and Google reviews

•  Monitoring/reporting of sales, 
footfall, website traffic and 
internet search analyses

•  Social media and websites

•  Direct contact in stores.

•  High NPS score

•  Strong repeat and referral 

business

•  Use of data to better understand 
customer needs, and addressing 
these

•  Customer research is informing 
the development of a vehicle  
and customer data profile.

•  Standard terms of business  

and regular supplier meetings

•  Contingency planning should 
there be a failure in the supply 
chain

•  Supplier and distributor 

onboarding due diligence 
(financial, quality, business 
integrity and compliance, 
component supply, modern 
slavery etc)

•  Ongoing management  
of supplier relationships.

•  CEO and senior management 
team focus on supply chain 
challenges arising from expanding 
into new channels and suppliers

•  Engaging with a broad range of 
suppliers and regular transition 
between channels, with a similar 
level of flexibility in our product 
offering 

•  Further strengthening of supply 

chain team and processes.

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

34

35

Section 172 statement continued

Environmental, Social and Governance

Stakeholder

Why we engage

How we engage

Outcomes and how feedback  
reaches the Board

•  Community investment 

•  Awards and recognition

Our 
communities

Our employees care deeply 
about our communities. As 
a responsible employer, we 
want to contribute to the 
economic development 
and sustainability of our 
communities.

initiatives

•  Enter into partnerships to create 
better gender balance within 
the automotive industry

•  Commitment to invest in the 
successful and sustainable 
delivery of careers and 
education for young people  
in our local communities 

•  Volunteering in the community.

•  Sponsorship and volunteering  

by employees

•  Continuing with our community 
focused partnerships which 
cement our contribution to the 
economic development and 
sustainability of these communities

•  Raising funds for local charities 
providing relief throughout 
the COVID-19 pandemic, and 
supporting frontline NHS workers

•  We support Payroll Giving to allow 

team members to support charities 
that are important to them, many 
of which will be local.

Read more / pages 50–51

•  The Board is provided with regular 
feedback on investors’ views and 
market developments 

•  Despite the COVID-19 pandemic, 
senior management held virtual 
meetings with existing and 
potential shareholders 

•  Face to face meetings with 

investors

•  We issued half and full year trading 

updates via the RNS facility to 
update the market on the financial 
performance of the business 

•  Our websites (www.motorpointplc.
com and www.motorpoint.co.uk) 
provide a broad range of 
information and data

•  Monthly reporting on shareholder 

trading.

•  Newly formed ESG Committee at 
PLC level to oversee ESG matters

•  Environment as a key pillar of the 

ESG Committee

•  Sustainability manager appointed 

whose role includes the 
implementation of environmental 
projects

•  Formal ESG strategy developed 
with three key areas linked to 
our environment

•  Environmental performance 
measures included in Annual 
Report including waste and  
GHG emissions.

Read more / pages 35–46

Our 
shareholders

As a company with a 
premium listing on the 
London Stock Exchange’s 
Main Market, we need 
to communicate clearly 
and effectively with our 
existing and prospective 
shareholders to develop 
their understanding of how 
the Group’s businesses 
are managed to generate 
sustainable returns and 
long term success.

•   Annual Report 

•  Consultation with lead  
investors and voting  
advisory organisations

•  RNS announcements 

•  Annual General Meeting 

•  Investor presentations 

•  Corporate website

•  Roadshows arranged twice a 
year to engage with investors

•  Investors have the opportunity 
to visit branches and meet a 
range of employees.

Our 
environment

Through channels such 
as climate change and 
increasing legislative 
requirements, the natural 
environment effects 
many aspects of what we 
do. Our own materiality 
research also shows 
that the importance of 
environmental concerns 
rated highly among our 
other stakeholders. As a 
business, we need to do 
what we can to support our 
environment to ensure a 
sustainable business.

•   Materiality research to highlight 

key risk areas and identify 
opportunities

•  Monitoring of our GHG emissions 
and ongoing reduction/offsetting 
activities to ensure we are as 
carbon neutral as possible

•  Continuous monitoring of our 
waste and implementation of 
improvements to reduce waste 
to landfill while increasing our 
overall recycling

•  Ongoing implementation 
and exploration of water 
saving projects

•  Continued investment into 
reduction and offset of our 
indirect environmental footprint, 
such as products sold.

Embedding ESG into  
our business 

ESG has gained significant prominence as 
a major issue within the industry in recent 
years and we are proactively responding 
to this. 

Environment, Social and Governance (‘ESG’) is a huge 
subject and is far too diverse to focus on everything in 
this report. It is important to balance investment with 
measurable growth while also balancing the views of our 
various stakeholders. To enable the business to progress 
effectively with an ESG agenda, Motorpoint has partnered 
with Bright Space Communications. Bright Space came 
on board to thoroughly research the business, highlight 
opportunities and develop a formal strategy.

Our roadmap with Bright Space is split into five steps

Step 1

Identify material matters 

Step 2

Prioritise and agree material matters 

Step 3

Validate and link material matters 

Step 4

Create an implementation roadmap 

Step 5

Integration and engagement

Step 1 was initiated and completed by the end of 2021. 
Research was conducted to understand the external 
context of our business and where we currently sit within 
the market. Bright Space also reviewed our internal 
strategy plans and risk registers before then conducting 
internal and external stakeholder engagement interviews. 
These interviews were further supported by an internal 
survey distributed around the business to understand 
the views of our people. The research highlighted ten key 
areas that hold significance across our various internal and 
external stakeholders (see chart below).

Environment and climate issues score highly both 
internally and externally. Additionally, climate concerns 
ranked as the most critical issue for the employees that 
were surveyed. Electric vehicles were raised as a topic 
not only from an environmental perspective, but also 
crossed over into social research responses. The general 
consensus from a social standpoint is that this is the area 
that the business currently stands out in, with a lot of the 
work taking place being well understood. Governance 
concerns were less prominent, but data privacy was noted 
among stakeholders.

The next year will see us continue to move through the 
steps of the roadmap. Step 2 is being initiated with the ESG 
Committee focusing on these identified areas. 

Ten key areas

1   GHG emissions and reductions

2   Fair and inclusive workplace

3    Employee acquisition, talent  
management and retention

4   Business continuity and recovery

5   Data privacy management

6   Recycling, waste recovery and reductions

7   Cybersecurity and information security

8   Energy use, conservation and reductions

9   Supply chain management

10   Changing consumption patterns

l

s
r
e
d
o
h
e
k
a
t
S
r
o
f
e
c
n
a
c
i
f
i
n
g
S

i

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

0

2

3

8

6

1

4

9

5

7

10

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Impact on Motorpoint Value Creation

Environmental

Social

Governance

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
Motorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

36

37

Environmental, Social and Governance continued

ENVIRONMENT

The Group takes its responsibility towards 
the environment very seriously and has 
introduced many initiatives focused 
on reducing waste, water, improving 
energy efficiency and reducing its overall 
carbon footprint. 

Go Green

Our partnership with Go Green has continued throughout 
FY22, driving us to becoming more efficient with the 
classification and segregation of our waste. With processes 
now established following the 2020 rollout, focus is now 
shifting towards improvements. 

We are actively pursuing different waste collection hauliers 
to reduce our waste to landfill figure. We have also reduced 
our total number of waste collections across all sites, 
including the removal of many obsolete, confidential waste 
bins. Next financial year will see further drives to reduce 
our waste to landfill figure, and a push to better segregate 
our food waste, with the addition of food waste bins to be 
implemented in FY23.

Key waste statistics

2022

2021

Total waste removed by Go Green

948.2t 495.6t

Percentage waste to landfill

Percentage waste recycled

Percentage waste recovered

0.9%

2.9%

81.0% 52.5%

18.1% 44.4%

Tyre casings collected and recycled

11,235

4,528

Percentage of purchased casings recycled

80%

82%

FY22 saw a 91% increase in waste removed by Go Green 
when compared to FY21. The FY22 total waste removed 
figure is representative of the entire estate’s waste, 
where as in FY21 services were being moved over to the 
Go Green contract throughout the year. Site openings 
and refurbishments also play a part in waste increases, 
as additional skip movements are required during such 
projects. In addition to the Go Green contract now being 
fully implemented, we saw significant improvements 
on the waste hierarchy. 81% of all business waste was 
recycled, with our total waste to landfill dropping to 
under 1%.

In FY21 we implemented a partnership with Stapletons 
to allow us to recycle our tyre casings directly rather 
than disposing of them. By the start of FY22 all sites had 
switched over to the Stapletons process and as a result 
over 11,000 casings were returned for recycling, preventing 
them from entering regular waste streams. In total this 
represented 80% of all casings purchased by the business, 
a figure we hope to improve on through FY23.

Water reduction – HSG UK

The benefits of a water reduction plan are two fold, 
providing both a financial benefit as well as doing the 
right thing for the environment. To support us on our 
water reduction journey we have partnered with HSG UK. 
As a business, HSG UK has a unique portfolio of industry 
leading products that not only support with washroom 
hygiene but also water saving.

Towards the end of FY22 HSG performed location 
inspections of our washrooms and by use of their award 
winning Ureco urinal insert have produced proposals that 
not only have significant water savings, but also financial 
and carbon savings too. 

As of the end of the financial year, all current branches 
have been surveyed and the estimated water and financial 
savings are as follows:

Annual figures

One-off installation costs (£)

Annual servicing costs (£)

Annual water cost saving (£)

Net year 1 savings (£)

Net year 2 and onwards savings (£)

1,525

11,279

21,760

8,956

10,481

Due to the reduced number of urinal flushes thanks to 
the Ureco devices, the water savings equate to a £21,760 
saving on the annual water bill. 

Environmental figures (three-year contract)

Total water saving (litres)

CO2 reduction (tonnes)

26,113,560

27.47

Over the course of the initial three-year contract period, 
over 26 million litres of water is projected to be saved, 
as well as a reduction in our carbon footprint.

Birmingham Clean Air Initiative

Carbon reduction and offsetting

Since the inception of the Birmingham Clean Air 
scrappage scheme, Birmingham City Council has 
partnered with us to offer people working in the 
Clean Air Zone the chance to scrap their old car and 
receive £2,000 credit towards a compliant vehicle, 
or a mobility credit. Throughout FY22 the business 
has continued to support this scheme as we actively 
promote it to our customers and provide advice on 
how they can apply. 

We recognise that climate change is one of the most 
serious environmental challenges currently threatening the 
global community and we understand that we have a role 
to play in reducing greenhouse gas emissions. In addition 
to this, new UK legislation will reflect stricter carbon 
requirements in the wake of COP26. 

Our aim is to be carbon neutral, and we achieved that this 
year for our Scope 1 and 2 emissions. This was through 
the development of a process with our partners at iOffset, 
a member of the Net Zero group. The emissions were 
calculated based on our electricity, gas, fuel and business 
travel. We then offset these emissions by purchasing 
accredited carbon credits from projects in Indonesia and 
Uruguay. This process ensures that Motorpoint’s scope 1 
and 2 emissions are carbon neutral, and scope 3 emissions 
will be the focus in future years. 

The next phase of our partnership focuses on the emissions 
of our sold products. We have already secured 65,000 
tonnes of carbon credits from a United Nations operated 
carbon scheme, and expect this activity to continue. This 
will also include an education programme to increase 
customer awareness, and how they themselves can reduce 
or offset their own carbon emissions. FY23 will also see us 
begin to implement digital strategies, such as a free to use 
online portal that can be utilised by customers to further 
improve and offset their own CO2.

Energy management and reduction

We are committed to responsible energy management 
and will promote energy efficiency throughout our 
organisation.

FY21 saw us shift to more sustainable behaviours, many 
of which were expanded upon throughout FY22:

•  Ongoing process of replacing existing lighting  

with LED lighting in all locations

•  Continued with home working where possible,  

despite easing of COVID-19 restrictions 

•  Encouraged use of online meetings

•  Reduction in travel, and continual communication  
to all staff of hints and tips to reduce everyone’s  
carbon footprint.

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

38

39

Environmental, Social and Governance continued

ENVIRONMENT continued

This year has also seen us engage with Planet First, 
another member of the Net Zero group, to take our energy 
management a step further. With this partnership we will look 
to develop a utilities verification and management system. 
This will include an online portal which will allow better 
visibility of each individual location’s energy consumption. 

It will also allow us to detect any spikes or dips against 
normal energy usage to allow us to take action and improve.

Once clearer visibility has been established we can then 
look to implement any energy reduction improvements 
such as renewable energy, and change behaviours where 
needed during FY23.

A data analysis project took place to understand the average annual emissions  
of our customers’ cars. This has been used to develop a customer emissions 
offering, effectively making a customer’s first year of driving a car, purchased  
from Motorpoint carbon neutral, by offsetting those emissions with carbon  
credits. This also helps us on our journey to tackle Scope 3 emissions as  
products sold are a major contributor.”

Total energy use covering 
electricity, gas, other fuels 
and transport (kWh)

Scope 1 emissions generated 
through combustion of gas 
(tCO2e)
Scope 1 emissions generated 
through use of other fuels 
(tCO2e)
Scope 2 emissions generated 
through use of purchased 
electricity (tCO2e)
Scope 3 emissions generated 
through business travel (tCO2e)
Total gross emissions (tCO2e)
Intensity ratio – total gross 
emissions (kgCO2 per sqft)

2022

2021

9,888,058

8,370,540

618.35

573.92

472.09

204.38

959.50

885.89

265.10

162.17

2,315.04

1,826.36

3.12

2.79

Note: Disclosures above are aligned with the SECR minimum 
mandatory requirements for quoted companies: Global scope 1 
emissions from combustion of gas/ fuel for transport purposes 
and Global scope 2 emissions from purchased energy. Additional 
disclosure of scope 3 emissions from business travel or employee 
owned vehicles also included. Motorpoint ltd operates within the 
UK only. Any other emissions fall out of scope for mandatory SECR 
requirements and are not included.

Methodology used in the calculation  
of disclosures

SECR methodology was adopted, as specified in 
‘Environmental Reporting Guidelines: including Streamlined 
Energy and Carbon Reporting and Greenhouse Gas 
reporting guidance March 2019’ and used in conjunction 
with Government GHG reporting conversion factors.

Streamlined Energy and Carbon  
Reporting (‘SECR’)

We measure and report on carbon emissions in 
compliance with SECR, covering energy use and 
associated greenhouse gas emissions relating to gas, 
electricity and transport, intensity ratios and information 
relating to energy efficiency actions. In accordance with 
the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ 
Report) Regulation 2013 The table to the right sets out 
Motorpoint’s emissions in 2022, compared with 2021.

From an energy perspective the business has seen an 
overall increase in energy usage during FY22 when 
compared to last financial year. While electricity and gas 
saw minor increases our usage of fuel and increased 
business travel contributed to an increase to our 
overall CO2 emissions. FY21 saw a substantial drop in 
our emissions against FY20, predominantly due to the 
branch closures and lockdowns caused by the COVID-19 
pandemic. Because of this, our FY22 performance is  
better compared to FY20. 

FY22 energy usage is lower than in FY20, a great 
achievement considering the additional site openings and 
operations. Our usage of gas has dropped significantly 
when compared to FY20, and we also saw noticeable 
reductions in our electricity usage.

Diesel usage and business travel both represent increases 
in our emissions when compared to FY20 but when the 
overall emissions of the business are put into comparison 
against our total square footage, FY22 still represents an 
improvement against pre pandemic performance. 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

40

41

Environmental, Social and Governance continued

TASK FORCE ON CLIMATE RELATED FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES (‘TCFD’)

Governance

We support the Task Force on Climate related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) and its 
recommendations and are making TCFD aligned disclosures for all but two areas, these 
being detailed scenario planning ( Strategy, ‘c’) and relevant scope 3 emissions disclosure 
(Metrics and Targets , ‘b’), both of which are included in our pathway to full disclosure. 

We recognise that climate change is the most serious challenge currently threatening the global community and we 
understand we have a role to play in reducing greenhouse gas emissions. The effects of a transitioning economy will 
directly affect the motor industry throughout the value chain, evidenced by the UK Government’s commitment to the 
end of the sale of conventional new petrol and diesel cars by 2030. We are committed to measuring and assessing the 
impacts of climate risks and opportunities across our operations, physical branches, and supply chains.

Our pathway to full disclosure is as follows:

Continued to measure and disclose 
our Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions 
in line with SECR reporting, with 
plans in place to measure a series 
of Scope 3 emissions in the next 
financial year

Integrating our governance 
structure and risk management 
framework to manage climate  
risks and opportunities

Setting out our metrics and targets 
to measure in future years (further 
information on p.45)

Scope 3 emissions tracking 
covering: employee commuting, 
waste disposal and use of  
sold products

Progress 

2022

Starting to deliver our strategy 
for transition of offsetting our 
organisation’s carbon output

Performed a high level financial 
review of the asset classes and 
cost categories likely to be 
impacted most significantly  
by climate change

Assess and develop the plan for 
detailed scenario planning using  
our high level financial review as  
the starting point

Future plans 

2023

The Board of Directors is ultimately responsible for oversight of the climate related risks 
and opportunities impacting the Group. The Board’s oversight is supported by three 
committees who have delegated responsibility over various aspects of governing the 
Group’s climate related risks and opportunities.

The following diagram sets out the responsibilities as follows: 

Board of Directors
• 

Increased focus on climate related matters 

•  Review and approve climate related risks and principal risks

•  Quarterly reviews of climate related risks

•  Chris Morgan, CFO, appointed as climate related risk register owner

Audit Committee 
•  Provides twice yearly 

overviews of the risks facing 
the organisation, including 
climate change risk on the 
agenda

•  Reviewed Board paper in 
January 2022 containing 
climate related risks and 
opportunities and planned 
TCFD disclosures

Executive Risk and Compliance 
Committee 
•  Delegated responsibility for identification, 

management and assessment of the Group’s risks

•  Quarterly reviews of the Group Risk Register 

•  Quarterly reviews of the Group’s emerging risks 

•  Particular focus in the year on climate related 

risks with a commitment to carry out the ongoing 
management of those risks 

•  Twice yearly review of the Group’s principal risks

Environment, Social 
and Governance (‘ESG’) 
Committee
•  Established an ESG committee 
to be responsible for assessing 
the Group’s environmental 
sustainability strategy 

a)  Describe the Board’s oversight of climate related 

b)  Describe management’s role in assessing and 

risks and opportunities. 

managing climate related risks and opportunities.

Climate related risks, including risks of a transitioning 
economy as well as physical risks to Motorpoint sites and 
branches are integrated as a part of our emergent risk 
process, which is a part of our risk management framework. 

The Board has oversight of climate risks and opportunities 
through escalation via the Executive’s Risk and Compliance 
Committee as well as the newly formed ESG committee 
noted in the diagram above. 

The Risk and Compliance Committee has a responsibility 
to monitor and oversee emerging risks and as such our 
climate risk register was reviewed at least quarterly by  
the Board and key management personnel in the year.

As well as the Board, the Audit Committee provides twice 
yearly overviews of the risks facing the organisation, 
including climate change risk on the agenda.

Management’s role is to ensure that the day to day 
management of climate related risks and opportunities are 
delivered along with delivering the strategy with respect  
to offsetting our carbon output, in line with our roadmap  
to becoming a more sustainable business. 

Specific Group management activities in relation to climate 
related risks and opportunities: 

Our Head of Sustainability is responsible for implementing the 
Group’s strategy in respect of water and waste management, 
key elements in our ambition to be a more sustainable 
business. In addition, our Head of Sustainability is responsible 
for the measurement and reporting of our GHG emissions, 
which are disclosed in line with SECR in the environment 
section of the Annual Report (p.39). 

Our finance function is responsible for supporting the 
business in understanding the financial impact of the Group’s 
climate related risks and opportunities and has undertaken a 
high level financial analysis this year to help understand the 
potential effects on the Group’s assets and costs. 

All of the Group’s functions are responsible in 
implementing risk management practices as defined in 
the risk management framework, including in relation to 
climate related risks and opportunities.

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

42

43

Environmental, Social and Governance continued

TCFD CONTINUED

Strategy

Our climate change strategy is underpinned by our desire to offset the carbon we 
produce and to be a responsible, sustainable organisation whilst also ensuring climate 
related risks are within appetite and opportunities are appropriately identified and 
maximised. We consider the short term horizon in line with our risk management 
framework to be the possibility of a risk event crystallising before 2025. Medium term 
analysis is defined as 2025 to 2030 and long term analysis being 2030 and beyond. 
During the year, the CFO was designated as the risk owner for our climate risks 
and opportunities.

a)  Describe the climate related risks and 

opportunities the organisation has identified  
over the short, medium, and long term. 

Following the integration of climate risk and opportunity 
this year into the Group’s risk management processes, we 
have assessed our risks and opportunities, mapping them 
to our principal risks and these can be seen in the table on 
page 46.

The Group has undertaken activity to prepare for this 
which includes: 

•  Planning in place for increased electric charging points 

for customer convenience at our branches; 

•  Planning in place for increased electric charging points 

at our dedicated preparation centres;

•  Technicians trained and ready to prepare EVs. 

Other impacts in respect of business and strategy can 
be seen on page 46 in our climate risk and opportunities 
register which includes any current plans for risk 
mitigations across our business and strategy. 

c)  Describe the resilience of the organisation’s 

strategy, taking into consideration different climate 
related scenarios, including 2° or lower scenario 

We currently do not have the necessary expertise to 
disclose full scenario analysis in respect of our identified 
risks and are taking steps to be able to implement scenario 
planning as a part of our progression plan towards full 
TCFD disclosure. 

This year climate related risks were decided to 
be integrated as a part of the Group’s current risk 
management processes. As such, all of the risks identified 
are within the scope of the Group’s emergent risk process 
and none of the risks identified were assessed as being 
material in the short term. This will be carefully monitored 
in line with the Group’s risk management processes and 
will be enhanced by the Group’s plans around scenario 
planning in the future. 

b)  Describe the impact of climate related risks and 
opportunities on the organisation’s business, 
strategy and financial planning.  

Whilst we have not performed scenario analysis, which 
forms part of our pathway to full disclosure, during the 
year we undertook an exercise as a part of our financial 
planning looking at future cashflows to ensure that 
our climate related risks had been considered for any 
increased costs when considering the value of our assets 
and future forecasts. The findings from this work were that 
when including these additional costs in future cashflows 
in respect of climate related risks, there was no impairment 
to assets identified. 

With respect to business and strategy, the Group 
anticipates a natural shift in consumer choice towards 
alternately fuelled and electric vehicles (‘EVs’) in the 
medium term. 

Risk management

During the year, the Board has discussed climate change risk and opportunity and 
identified both risks and opportunities for the effects of a transitioning economy as well 
as physical risks of climate change. These have been through a process of review from 
both the Group’s executive Risk and Compliance Committee and the Audit Committee. 
Our summary climate risk and opportunity register is shown on page 46.

The ongoing management of Motorpoint’s climate risks 
is performed through the quarterly review of the Group’s 
risk in the Risk and Compliance Committee. This will 
be informed by the work of the newly established ESG 
Committee, who will also meet quarterly. Our climate 
risks and opportunities are mapped to our principal 
risks and uncertainties, consistent with our approach 
to fully integrate climate change risk into our risk 
management practices. 

a)  Describe the organisation’s process for identifying 

and assessing climate related risks. 

The process for identifying and assessing climate 
related risks is aligned with the Group Risk Management 
Framework. 

Climate related risks are within the scope of the Group’s 
emergent risk process which feeds from function level 
risk management as well as the Group strategy. Where an 
emergent climate related risk is deemed to be material 
to Group strategy it will be included in the Group Risk 
Register. Group risks are subject to Group Risk and 
Compliance Committee, Senior Leadership Team (‘SLT’) 
and Board level review as shown in the diagram below: 

Group vision  

3-year strategy

Group objectives

Annual plans & budgets

Group key risks/principal risks

Emerging risks

Risk appetite set  

by Plc Board

Reviewed by Risk and Compliance Committee/SLT/Board

Central Function plans and risk registers

e
c
n
a
n
F

i

T
I

s
p
O

l

i

a
c
r
e
m
m
o
C

l

a
g
e
L

l

e
p
o
e
P

Reviewed by Function

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

44

45

Environmental, Social and Governance continued

TCFD CONTINUED

Risk management continued

During the year we appointed a Head of Sustainability 
to ensure that we have relevant expertise in respect 
of climate change and our journey in a transitioning 
economy. As well as this, steps were taken during the 
year to engage with central function risk owners to 
ensure that climate risks are appropriately escalated and 
managed throughout our operations, in line with the risk 
management framework. 

c)  Describe how processes for identifying, assessing, 
and managing climate related risks are integrated 
into the organisation’s overall risk management.

Risk measurement and assessment is defined in the risk 
management framework, and all of our climate related 
risks (the register can be seen on page 46) were assessed 
in line with the defined criteria for assessing emerging risks 
to the business in the risk management plan. 

Ongoing management of risks is performed in line 
with our risks management framework. Where assessed 
to be material and outside of appetite, steps are taken 
to agree mitigating actions to bring the risk exposure to 
within appetite. 

Our risk management framework states that risks are 
managed on an integrated basis throughout our organisation 
and as such, function level risk registers were updated during 
the year to ensure consideration of new and emerging risks, 
including climate related risks, where appropriate. 

b)  Describe the organisation’s processes for 

managing climate related risks.

During the year climate risks and opportunities were 
managed using a dual approach. 

Our journey towards being a more sustainable company, 
including our strategic goal to offset the carbon that we 
produce, will be managed by the ESG Committee, chaired 
by Adele Cooper. The ESG Committee will meet quarterly 
and ensure Motorpoint progresses on its journey of carbon 
offsetting and analysing our environmental impact. 

Climate related risks, including risks of a transitioning 
economy as well as physical risks to Motorpoint sites 
and branches, are integrated as a part of our emergent 
risk process, which is a part of our risk management 
framework. A register was formed in the year consolidating 
all of our climate related risks and these can be seen 
on page 46. The risks on this register were all assessed 
to be ‘emerging’ and as such are assessed as not 
currently material to the Group’s strategy. The process 
for managing individual risks is to carefully monitor the 
impact assessment of these risks, with mitigating activities 
actioned should any risk be deemed material and outside 
of Group risk appetite. 

All of the climate related risks identified in the register of 
emerging climate risks are related to the Group’s principal 
risks, which have their own wider controls and mitigating 
activities. As such the climate related risks include 
mapping to the relevant principal risk. Details on mitigating 
activities for the Group’s principal risks can be seen on 
pages 61–65. 

Metrics and targets

The Group has metrics and targets that facilitate the measurement of the Group’s impact 
on the environment, and monitor performance against the Group’s ambition with respect 
to the carbon offset of operations.

a)  Disclose the metrics used by the organisation to 
assess climate related risks and opportunities in 
line with its strategy and risk management process. 

b)  Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2, and, if appropriate, 
Scope 3 greenhouse gas (GHG), emissions,  
and the related risks

Our Scope 1, 2 and appropriate Scope 3 emissions are 
disclosed as follows:

Scope 1, 2 or 3 Data

Current reporting

The Group’s strategy is underpinned by a desire to achieve 
carbon neutrality through offsetting, and as such KPIs 
are monitored closely, helping inform the Group over its 
climate related risks. The metrics that the Group monitors 
are within the scope of the ESG Committee which provides 
oversight and governance. The day to day management 
of the Group’s metrics and targets are within the scope of 
the role of our Head of Sustainability who is responsible for 
the implementation of our ambitions in becoming a more 
sustainable business. 

The KPIs are:

Scope 1

Direct GHG 
emissions

Scope 2

Scope 3

Carbon value 
of purchased 
energy, gas  
and fuel

Purchased 
goods and 
services

KPI 1: GHG Emissions (CO2 scopes 1 and 2)

Scope 3

Business travel

KPI 2: Internal Carbon Price per ton (£)

KPI 3: Expenditure/investment deployed toward climate 
risk and opportunities (£)

Scope 3

Employee 
commuting

In addition, the KPIs are used by Group Finance to aid its 
financial review of climate related risks. As none of the 
assessed climate related risks were deemed to be material 
to the Group, these KPIs are deemed appropriate, with a 
commitment to review this again in FY23. 

Scope 3

Waste disposal

Scope 3

Use of sold 
products

Scope 3

Transportation 
and distribution 
(upstream and 
downstream)

Already reported in line with SECR 
reporting. Information is presented 
in Annual Report (page 39).

Already reported in line with SECR 
reporting. Information is presented 
in Annual Report (page 39).

Not currently tracked – part of 
pathway to full disclosure.

Already reported in line with SECR 
reporting. Information is presented 
in Annual Report (page 39).

Not currently tracked but plans 
in place to initiate a web app that 
allows Motorpoint employees 
to calculate their own footprint, 
including their commute.

Not currently tracked – part of 
pathway to full disclosure.

The GHG emissions of our cars 
sold. We currently calculate the 
average GHG emissions of our 
annual vehicles to offset, and this 
forms part of our pathway to full 
disclosure. 

Not currently tracked – part of 
pathway to full disclosure.

c)  Describe the targets used by the organisation to 
manage climate related risks and opportunities  
and performance against targets 

The principal target for the organisation is in line with 
the strategy to reach net zero through carbon neutrality, 
utilising offset. As such the KPIs disclosed above are 
measured carefully to ensure that in the future, the  
Group’s targets are met across Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions.

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

46

47

Environmental, Social and Governance continued

TCFD  
Main Risk,  
Sub Category  
and Time Frame

Risk 

Opportunity

TRANSITION

POLICY AND LEGAL

Long Term

Risk of increased taxation 
and regulatory requirements 
as UK Government aims to 
meet its own climate change 
commitments.

TRANSITION

TECHNOLOGY

Medium Term

Technology risks include:

•  not being able to meet 

increased demand for electric 
and alternate fuelled vehicles 
leading to loss of market share. 

Opportunities from more 
sustainable operations 
include:

•  efficiency savings in  

all locations;

•  more efficient offices 
leading to energy and 
cost savings; and

•  more efficient and 

environmentally friendly 
transport solutions.

Increased opportunity 
for higher market share 
of 0-4 year old electric/
alternate fuelled cars.

TRANSITION

MARKET

Long Term

Medium Term

TRANSITION

REPUTATIONAL

Medium Term

PHYSICAL

ACUTE

Long Term

The cost of carbon offsetting 
becomes prohibitively expensive 
due to a global push towards net 
zero, pushing carbon prices up.

Efficiency and 
sustainability savings 
realised across operations 
reducing the need for 
carbon offset credits.

Limitations on affordable 
customer finance availability 
on electric/alternate fuelled 
vehicles.

Reputational risks if Motorpoint 
does not respond effectively or 
urgently to public concerns over 
climate change include:

•  loss of customer confidence  

in the Motorpoint brand;

•  failure to attract and retain 

talent; and

•  failure to attract and retain 

investors.

Physical risks of climate change 
include: 

•  action from climate groups 
impacts/disrupts business 
operations;

•  extreme weather events could 

lead to site and inventory 
damage;

•  extreme weather events could 

cause significant supply 
chain disruption affecting 
Motorpoint’s ability to move 
cars quickly and efficiently; and

•  extreme weather events could 
increase competition for land 
use, affecting Motorpoint’s 
ability to expand to new sites.

Increased opportunity 
for higher market share 
of 0-4 year old electric/
alternate fuelled cars 
through solving finance 
availability.

Enhanced brand and 
reputational credentials, 
leading to wider 
customer base and more 
attractiveness as an 
employer.

Opportunities for 
Motorpoint in respect of 
its physical risks include:

•  develop risk assessment 
expertise to identify and 
mitigate vulnerabilities 
where they exist;

•  work with transport 
suppliers to improve 
efficiencies and ensure 
resilience to potential 
disruption; and

•  opportunity to run 
smaller sites with a 
reduced footprint 
leading to efficiency 
savings.

Link to 
Motorpoint’s 
Principal 
Risks and 
Uncertainties

Regulatory and 
Compliance

Competition, 
Market and 
Customers

Economic 
Vulnerability

Competition, 
Market and 
Customers

Brand and 
Reputation

Supply Chain 
Disruption

Group Strategy & 
Response

Carbon offsetting has 
already begun to be 
implemented and our 
Head of Sustainability 
along with the ESG 
Committee are 
managing our strategy 
in respect of being 
a more sustainable 
business.

The Group is 
expecting a shift in 
consumer choice for 
EVs and is already 
training employees 
and readying charging 
facilities in prep 
centres and branch 
locations. 

Carbon offsetting 
costs are monitored 
as a KPI owned by the 
Head of Sustainability 
and governed through 
the ESG Committee.

The Board maintains 
oversight over its 
partnerships on 
customer finance 
availability and is 
currently comfortable 
with its offerings in 
this market.

A materiality 
assessment has been 
performed with Bright 
Space in the year and 
the ESG Committee 
will ensure climate 
change, which 
was identified as a 
key topic from this 
assessment, is focused 
on throughout FY23.

Group Finance has 
undertaken a high 
level review of the 
forecast costs and 
impacts on assets 
as a result of climate 
change, this will be 
monitored further and 
enhanced through 
scenario planning 
which forms part of 
our pathway to full 
disclosure.

SOCIAL

From the very beginning Motorpoint has 
been a people focused business; our team 
members have always been at the heart of 
our business model and our Virtuous Circle.

We have always stood up to be the Car Buyer’s Champion, 
making sure our customers can buy a quality nearly new car 
with no hassle from a trusted business that does things in 
the right way. Then there are the communities that we work 
within. Wherever we do business, we want to bring high 
quality employment to the community through our team 
members and their families, but more than that we want to 
be a positive force for good, helping those less fortunate, 
supporting those starting out in life, facilitating opportunities 
and generally making sure that wherever we trade, the 
community is a better place for having Motorpoint nearby.

Health & Safety

Over the last couple of years, Health and Safety has been 
dominated by the response to the COVID-19 pandemic 
and the Board has been focused on keeping our team 
members and our customers safe. We implemented 
many new processes and procedures. All the actions we 
took in order to keep our teams and customers safe were 
underpinned by a suite of risk assessments, guidance 
documents and checklists which encompassed our end 
to end business activities. External third party verification 
audits, completed by PIB, our health and safety advisor, 
tested our controls and confirmed that our controls 
were appropriate. These were further endorsed by 
local authorities and Public Health England on the two 
occasions when we self reported localised outbreaks at 
the Sheffield and Birtley branches. We also engaged with 
local authority enforcing officers carrying out the HSE’s 
workplace COVID-19 surveys. We recorded team members 
who had tested positive or were self isolating, and we also 
centrally monitored confirmed cases to establish patterns 

of infections, enabling us to take remedial localised action 
where necessary.

As restrictions have been lifted and guidance eased, we have 
adjusted our ways of working to reflect the latest government 
advice and best practice but we remain vigilant and are ready 
to respond quickly should the situation require it.

Beyond our response to the COVID-19 crisis, the Board 
recognises that the highest levels of safety are required in 
order to protect our employees and customers. The Board 
believes that all incidents and injuries are preventable, and 
that all employees have the right to expect to return home 
safely at the end of every working day. 

The Group Compliance Manager, who reports to the Chief 
Operating Officer’ provides consultative support and advice 
to managers at all levels for health and safety matters across 
the Group. The Chief Operating Officer reports monthly 
to the Board on all key health and safety issues. The Board 
requires that the Group systematically manages its health 
and safety hazards, sets objectives and monitors progress 
by regular measurement, audit and review. 

Managers and supervisors across all levels in the Group 
are responsible for managing the health and safety of their 
teams as part of promoting and embracing a positive health 
and safety culture. The Board emphasises the importance of 
individual responsibility for health and safety at all levels of 
the organisation, and expects employees to report potential 
hazards, to be involved in implementing solutions and 
to adhere to rules, procedures and Group policies. A key 
element in the continuous improvement of health and safety 
management is sharing best practice and lessons learnt 
from incidents across the Group and the wider industry. 
Accidents, incidents and near misses are investigated, with 
actions generated to prevent recurrence.

To embed health and safety practices in the wider workforce, 
we ensure that all our employees receive health and safety 
training modules as part of a two year training cycle. 
Completion is monitored centrally and late completers are 
notified to their line manager on a monthly basis.

PROUD

HONEST

Our core values

SUPPORTIVE

HAPPY

E M P L OYEES

The right 
culture to 
succeed

S
H

A

R

E

H

O

L

D

ERS

S
R
E
M
O

C UST

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

48

49

Environmental, Social and Governance continued

SOCIAL continued

Our People
FY22 Highlights:

87

Promotions

#1

best company  
to work for in  
the automotive  
sector

963

Team members

334

New hires

4.2

Glassdoor  
rating

82%

would recommend 
Motorpoint as a great 
place to work to a 
friend

87

Long service 
Award

Spread across 
5, 10, 15 and 20 
years’ service 
awards

Our people have always been the heart of our business. Our achievements this year can be attributed to our talented 
teams who worked in line with our Values, demonstrating real resilience through yet another challenging year. Our people 
have made sure that our customers have continued to receive industry leading service as demonstrated by Feefo / 
Trustpilot; our preparation teams have looked after more cars than ever, ensuring only the very best quality cars are put in 
front of our customers; and at Head Office, our teams have supported the wider business and embarked on our strategic 
digital transformation journey. Our approach to developing a high performing and inclusive culture is achieved through a 
number of initiatives and is explained on the following pages.

Our Values

We are proud 
We are proud of 
what we do, how  
we do it and the 
people who make it 
happen – we stand 
out from the crowd 
and are proud to 
work as part of  
Team Motorpoint.

We do all of this 
together 
We are equal parts of 
the whole and we are 
stronger together.

We are supportive 
We have a one 
team ethos and 
understand that 
together we achieve 
more. We are a 
united team focused 
on a common goal 
and vision and will 
always help our 
customers and 
colleagues alike 
#drivingdreams®.

We are happy 
We enjoy what 
we do and we 
show it – a smile is 
contagious and our 
teams wear them 
naturally with pride. 
A happy team makes 
for a better working 
environment which 
in turn translates to 
a great customer 
experience.

We are honest 
We speak the truth 
and give honest 
feedback at all times; 
this applies to our 
teams, investors and 
customers. Courage 
and honesty are the 
vehicles for positive  
change and Team 
Motorpoint has 
embraced this.

Our Values were updated and have been in place since 2018 and they continue to be a true reflection of how we 
work together at Motorpoint. In November 2021, we launched our Leadership Behaviours, demonstrating to leaders 
at all levels across the business what good leadership looks like at Motorpoint and what we, and our team members, 
expect from a Motorpoint Leader. These have been embedded across our processes to bring them to life and make 
sure that we keep these front of mind.

Being able to share insight, networks and time with schools to help make 
their careers services meaningful will deliver a more sustainable and positive 
landscape for everyone. Many young people, through no fault of their own, do 
not have the opportunity to experience what careers may exist for them and 
the Cornerstone Employers’ network can help change that.”

Equality, diversity and inclusion 

Partnership with the Automotive 30% Club

We have continued our membership and support of the 
Automotive 30% Club this year and in December our CEO 
Mark Carpenter was appointed as a new patron for the 
club. On his appointment Mark said:

“Improving gender balance along with the creation of 
an effective diversity and inclusion policy is fundamental 
to the future of work in the automotive sector. Arguably, 
these areas are some of the most important matters facing 
the automotive industry today. For this reason alone, I am 
delighted to accept the role of Patron for the Automotive 
30% Club.”

The Automotive 30% Club undertakes a range of 
campaigning and lobbying work and has inspired many in 
the automotive industry to get behind a range of gender 
balance initiatives and educational programmes for young 
people regardless of gender.

We are determined to continue to build a culture 
that is welcoming and inclusive to all, where people 
are comfortable and free to be their genuine selves 
irrespective of preferences, circumstances or background. 
Our Head of Resourcing and Inclusion continues to work 
across the business at all levels to help the business 
highlight, educate and celebrate diversity of all types. She 
is also very active across the wider automotive industry, 
making sure that we are working together and sharing best 
practice to tackle some of the industry wide issues we are 
all facing. For Motorpoint, work in this area includes:

Cornerstone Employers’ Network – 
continuing to support the next generation 

We continue to be a Cornerstone Employer for the Careers 
and Enterprise Academy. A Cornerstone Employer is a 
business that is invested in the successful and sustainable 
delivery of careers education for young people and commits 
to join a leadership group of local businesses to support the 
schools, colleges and young people in their area.

We maintained our partnership and delivered a significant 
number of initiatives throughout the year, including the 
Open Doors programme (which gives young people the 
opportunity to take part in a series of sessions to gain an 
insight into our business, meet employees and complete 
work related tasks), reverse jobs fairs to improve employability 
skills as well as a virtual employment project with Special 
Educational Needs and Disabilities (‘SEND’) students. 

We assumed the role of a lead employer for SEND schools 
and are proud of the work we have started doing with 
Project SEARCH as a Local Enterprise Advisor. Project 
SEARCH helps young people from across Derbyshire with 
different forms of learning disabilities to gain new skills 
as well as practical, work based experience through a 
structured personalised study programme as they look to 
make successful transitions from school to a productive 
adult life.

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

50

51

Environmental, Social and Governance continued

Motorpoint in the community

This year our approach to supporting our local communities 
has been initiated on three levels. National, local and at 
team member level.

National level

This year we signed up with our first ever national charity 
campaign, Global Radio’s Make Some Noise Campaign. 
The aim of Global’s Make Some Noise campaign is 
“Improving lives through small and local charities”. This 
year the charity has supported 100 small charities in local 
communities across the UK. This includes food banks, 
mental health and domestic abuse helplines, carer support, 
community projects and employment programmes. 
Motorpoint is the official national charitable partner.

Our teams all really got behind delivering the Make Some 
Noise activities – in particular the Jamie Theakston and 
Amanda Holden road trip. The road trip managed to raise 
a massive £149,000! The trip wouldn’t have been possible 
without the hard work from team members involved, 
including Bernardo Melero, Sales Controller Manchester 
and Jordan Dean, Head of Retail North West and Scotland, 
who chatted live on the Heart Breakfast show shouting 
about all the great work Motorpoint team members had 
done to raise this amazing figure for Make Some Noise. 

Make Some Noise Day was also a huge success. All stores 
made a huge effort to get involved and a number of the 
charity reps across the business organised a range of 
fundraising events. As a company we raised over £3,000 
on the day. 

SOCIAL continued

Gender Pay Gap

Average 
bonus pay

Total average 
hourly pay

Male

Female

Gap

£8,387

£2,331

72.21%

£18.53

£14.33

22.66%

Although we have made some great progress in 
closing our Gender Pay Gap through the development 
and recruitment of females into leadership roles, we 
acknowledge there is still some work to be done to 
further close our Gender Pay Gap. We will continue to 
ensure equality across our key leadership roles; an area of 
opportunity is our Sales Executive demographic. As only 
6% of our Sales Executives are female, the average hourly 
pay for this group sits within our Upper Quartile. 

All roles at Motorpoint are eligible for a performance 
related bonus which means that the vast majority of our 
team received a bonus in the last 12 months, irrespective of 
their gender. The bonus pay gap which we have reported 
can be related to the gender split across the quartiles, 
especially in the upper and upper middle quartiles, where 
bonus is relative to base salary and where fewer females 
occupy the highest earning roles.

Gender mix

Senior 
Leadership

Leadership

Manager

Team Member

All employees

Male

8 (67%)

16 (80%)

59 (67%)

653 (77%)

736 (76%)

Female

4 (33%)

4 (20%)

29 (33%)

190 (23%)

227 (24%)

The table above sets our gender breakdown at various 
levels in the Company, including the breakdown for all 
employees, based on the 963 individuals employed as  
at 31 March 2022.

Our gender mix is in line with the wider automotive 
industry but we always want to improve and lead the 
industry, hence our involvement in the Automotive 30% 
Club and an increased focus on graduates and apprentices 
who generally provide a better gender mix for team 
members joining us.

Local level

Whilst the Make Some Noise campaign was a national 
campaign with a local feel, we still recognise that our 
branches often have long-standing local charity partners 
and we continued to support these activities. During the 
year the following fundraising activities were completed:

Branch

Charitable Partner

Sponsorships

Birmingham

Birmingham Children’s 
Hospital

Birtley

Burnley

Derby

Sir Bobby Robson 
Foundation

Lancashire MIND

Burnley Golf Centre

Motorpoint Arena 
Nottingham

Derby County 
Community Trust

Glasgow & 
Motherwell

Beatson Cancer Care

Newport

Time for Tea – Dementia Motorpoint Arena Cardiff

Oldbury

Birmingham Children’s 
Hospital

Peterborough

Sue Ryder Thorpe Hall 
Hospice

Sheffield

Cash for Kids South 
Yorkshire

Stockton on 
Tees

Sir Bobby Robson 
Foundation

Swansea

Time for Tea – Dementia Merthyr Tydfil women’s 

football team

Widnes

James Bulger Memorial 
Trust

Manchester

Maidstone

We Love Manchester

Demelza – Hospice Care 
for Children

Team member level

We recognise that our team members have busy lives and 
differing priorities outside of the workplace. Many of them 
will have personal causes that are close to their hearts and 
personal to them. To support them with this we continue 
to offer all colleagues the opportunity to donate to these 
causes via Payroll Giving.

Doing the right thing for our people

At Motorpoint we believe that the combination of our 
focus on driving dreams, robust ESG credentials and our 
people and culture, not only differentiates us from our 
peers but also gives us a competitive advantage.

We believe that Motorpoint is an amazing place to work 
but we constantly strive to become an even better place 
to work. The Virtuous Circle is at the very heart of the way 
we do business as we genuinely believe that if we get it 
right for our team members, they will get it right for our 
customers and that will create stronger performance 
for all of our stakeholders. We are very proud to have 
been listed in the Best Companies Best Places to Work 
list for seven consecutive years and are number 1 in the 
automotive sector. 

To ensure that we maintain our focus on team member 
engagement and genuinely live our values Proud, Happy, 
Honest, Supportive and Together, we undertake a wide 
range of team member focused activities, some of which 
are as follows:

Listening to our employees

We have taken part in the Best Companies b-Heard survey 
for the last eight years and this gives us high quality 
feedback from our team members on what they like about 
working for Motorpoint and more importantly where we 
can improve. This year 90% of our employees participated 
in the survey and we achieved a 2 Star (outstanding) 
accreditation. Of course the important thing about an 
engagement survey are the actions that you take as a 
result of the feedback and at Motorpoint all areas of the 
business are expected to create an Action Plan based on 
their team feedback and are measured on delivery against 
those action plans.

Alongside the b-Heard survey every manager in the 
business with more than three direct reports receives 
an individual management rating known as MC3. This 
provides feedback to every manager on how they 
Motivate, Consider, Converse and Care for their teams. 
Anyone with a 1 Star rating or lower has to present back 
their learnings and Action Plan to Senior Leaders. This year 
we will also be combining the manager’s feedback with our 
new Leadership Behaviours.

As well as surveys, the SLT spend a significant amount of 
time in branches speaking to colleagues at all levels. Mark 
Carpenter also holds regular Happy Hour focus groups 
with team members at different levels across the business 
and the People Team also hold regular listening groups.

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Motorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

52

53

Environmental, Social and Governance continued

SOCIAL continued

GOVERNANCE

I’ve been at Motorpoint for 5 years and it’s my job for life. I’ve never worked 
somewhere with a better focus on personal growth and range of opportunities. 
Hard work is rewarded, and the Company shows faith and belief in the work 
you do, they’re also there to support you if you need it and with the current 
climate of uncertainty this security has been incredible to me.”

Scott Greensmith Digital Merchandise Manager

Learning and development

During the pandemic all of our learning and development 
offering moved online to support team members whilst 
they were working remotely from home. During that time 
we launched a new learning management system, My 
Skills, providing a wide range of e-learning opportunities  
to team members.

As restrictions have started lifting, we are starting to move 
some learning and development opportunities back to 
face to face. Our aim is to get the blend right between 
online and face to face where appropriate to make sure 
we are taking the most appropriate route in supporting our 
team members’ professional and personal development.

We are also increasing our focus on the development 
opportunities provided through apprenticeship and 
graduate schemes. We currently have 38 apprentices 
across all areas of the business. We have taken on our first 
intake of newly recruited preparation apprentices. This 
is a key area of talent for us and the industry and we see 
apprenticeships as a great way to fill the talent pipeline 
in this difficult to recruit area. We have also launched our 
first ever graduate scheme with three new graduates 
joining us, taking six-month placements on rotation across 
the business. Our intention is to significantly expand the 
number of apprentices and graduates we have over the 
near term.

Wellbeing

The wellbeing of our team members has always been 
important to us at Motorpoint. Happy and Supported 
are two of our Values and our focus on the Virtuous 
Circle means we are naturally concerned about how our 
colleagues are feeling, emotionally, physically, mentally 
and financially. Of course the pandemic and more general 
societal interest means that employee wellbeing has 
become even more important in recent years and at 
Motorpoint we have tried to stay ahead of this curve.

We have invested in mental health first aid (‘MHFA’) training 
and have made it compulsory for all managers in the 
business to be trained as well as training further team 
members in each of our sites to be able to offer support 
locally when needed.

Our One Big Dream scheme gives the gift of time and 
flexibility, and allows an individual to take time out, once 
a month, fully paid, to do something that matters to 
them. We only ask that employees do something that will 
genuinely drive their happiness. This benefit has received 
immensely positive feedback and has been used across 
an array of activities. The diversity of people’s selection 
demonstrates just how important it is to apply the flexibility 
to our employee benefits in order to have a real impact on 
personal wellbeing. We also give extra leave for birthdays, 
moving house and getting married.

We continue to partner with Sovereign Healthcare to 
provide a 24-hour employee assistance programme for 
our team members. This provides a counselling hotline for 
team members with issues across a wide range of subjects 
that may be impacting their lives and gives potential 
access to face to face counselling if required. We also 
provide financial support via Sovereign Healthcare to all 
team members for key health treatment including optical 
support, physical therapy and dental care.

We have recently relaunched our benefits platform My 
M.O.T. (Motorpoint Offers and Treats) and have upweighted 
our focus on wellbeing by offering our team members a 
wide range of benefits, discounts, access to materials and 
advice on physical, mental and financial wellbeing areas.

Of course, one of the best ways to ensure our team 
members’ wellbeing is to provide high quality jobs that 
reward people well, providing fulfilling and enjoyable work 
in a supported environment with quality managers and 
leaders. This provides opportunities to grow and develop 
personally and professionally and that brings us all the way 
back to the Virtuous Circle and our Motorpoint Values.

We are committed to promoting a culture within Motorpoint where everyone does the 
right thing and acts with integrity at all times. We require all employees and third parties 
who act on our behalf to conduct business honestly and with integrity, and to take 
personal responsibility for ensuring that our commitment to sound and ethical  
business conduct is delivered.

Whistleblowing

We operate a confidential whistleblowing hotline which 
is available for all of our team and our suppliers, to 
give them the opportunity to raise any issues about 
dishonesty or malpractice within Motorpoint, the results 
of which are independently collated and submitted to 
the Risk and Compliance Committee. The Chief People 
Officer reports regularly to the Audit Committee on 
whistleblowing matters.

Anti bribery and corruption 

Motorpoint has a zero tolerance policy in respect of bribery 
and corruption. This extends to all business dealings and 
transactions, and includes a prohibition on offering or 
receiving inappropriate gifts or making undue payments  
to influence the outcome of business dealings. 

Staff are required to disclose offers of gifts, hospitality 
or other incentives with a value of more than £100. All 
employees receive communication of the relevant policies 
as part of the onboarding process and new versions are 
sent out if updated. 

The Group does not make political donations.

Treating Customers Fairly 

Treating Customers Fairly (‘TCF’) is a regulatory 
requirement and applies to all regulated firms in the 
conduct of their business. The Financial Conduct Authority 
(‘FCA’) regards fair treatment of customers by firms as a 
key part of FCA regulation in the retail market. 

TCF is a core foundation of delivering our retail proposition 
of Choice, Value, Service and Quality, and is thereby 
fundamental to delivering long term business value.  
To this end the Board has reviewed and maintained our 
Treating Customers Fairly and Vulnerable Customers 
policy. Through concerted focus, TCF has become an 
integral part of the culture and is subject to frequent and 
rigorous scrutiny within all forums that consider, inter 
alia, customer facing processes, staff remuneration, and 
product selection. We are committed to delivering the best 
possible service to our customers, with objectives across 
the business reflecting this aim.

In particular, the following business areas are under 
constant review in light of changes to Motorpoint’s 
business model, customer requirements or the 
regulatory environment:

•  marketing practices, including promotional material;

• 

sales processes, whether on site, via the contact centre 
or digital;

•  customer communications;

• 

record keeping; and

•  complaints handling.

A review and reporting environment has been developed 
to ensure that Motorpoint’s high expectations are met, and 
that all systems, people and processes are supported to 
achieve our TCF objectives, including via:

•  qualitative quality controls, such as after sale customer 

interviews and mystery shoppers;

•  quantitative quality controls, such as cancellation rates 

for products within their cooling off period; and

•  ongoing training and support for our team, including 

personalised and scheduled refresher training.

Human rights

Motorpoint conducts business in an ethical manner and 
adheres to policies which support recognised human 
rights principles. We continue to address the risks of 
modern slavery and human trafficking, with the Board 
debating and adopting the annual Anti Slavery Statement 
and raising awareness of the risks across the business. 
We work with our suppliers to protect workers from abuse 
or exploitation by communicating to them the terms of 
our Anti Slavery Statement and request their adherence 
to our policy.

A statement of the Group’s compliance with the Modern Slavery Act 
2015 can be found on the Group’s website at | www.motorpointplc.com

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

54

Financial review

Successful year despite 
industry wide challenges

Even with the well documented challenges in our industry with unprecedented inflation  
and new vehicle shortages which limited our growth, the Group had a successful year.

Group financial 
performance headlines

When branches reopened back in 
April 2021, we initially experienced 
record sales and profitability. While 
demand was still high, revenue 
started to moderate from June 
onwards reflecting industry wide 
stock shortages, although we 
continued to increase market share in 
our core market. 

Revenue for the full year increased by 
83.3% to £1,322.3m (FY21: £721.4m), 
following strong consumer demand 
for used vehicles and the Group’s 
continued strong market share gains. 
FY21 comparatives were impacted by 
COVID-19.  Total vehicles sold were 
97.7k (FY21: 67.5k). Gross profit was 
£106.3m (FY21: £62.5m), an increase 
of 70.1%. EBITDA, as defined on page 
148, increased by 76.5 % to £32.3m 

(FY21: £18.3m). Profit before taxation 
increased by 121.6% to £21.5m (FY21: 
£9.7m). This was even with a planned 
increase in strategic costs, as the 
business further invested in people, 
technology and marketing.

Cash at bank increased to £7.8m 
(FY21: £6.0m) and we utilised £29.0m 
(FY21: £Nil) of the revolving credit 
facility at year end. During the year 
significant vehicle inflation impacted 
stock valuations, and we accordingly 
negotiated increases in our stocking 
facilities from £106.0m at the start 
of the year to £195.0m by year end. 
The last tranche of this increase of 
£30.0m was made available in the last 
week of the financial year and used in 
the early part of FY23 to reduce the 
revolving credit facility balance. By 
23 May 2022, the Group returned to a 
net cash positive position.

Trading performance

The Group has two key revenue 
streams, being (i) vehicles sold to 
retail customers via the Group’s 
branches, call centre and digital 
channels, and (ii) vehicles sold to 
wholesale customers via the Group’s 
Auction4Cars.com website.

During the year, Motorpoint launched 
its car buying service, purchasing cars 
directly from consumers, and is now 
a fully automated digital first offering 
and payments are made to sellers 
within minutes of the vehicle being 
received. This is an important enabler 
to increase the supply of retail vehicles 
and the volume of transactions 
through Auction4Cars.com. During 
FY22, 17.9% of retail vehicles sold were 
sourced from consumers (including 
part exchange) (FY21: 8.3%). 

During FY22, the Group demonstrated its ability to respond  
to market conditions and vehicle price inflation by successfully 
increasing its stocking facilities, which now stand at £195.0m  
up from £106.0m in FY21. This highlights the confidence  
lenders have in our transformational growth aspirations.”

Chris Morgan
Chief Financial Officer

55

Retail customers

Wholesale customers

Total

Year ended  
31 March 2022  
£m

Year ended  
31 March 2021 
£m

Year ended  
31 March 2022  
£m

Year ended  
31 March 2021 
£m

Year ended  
31 March 2022  
£m

Year ended  
31 March 2021 
£m

1,112.3

91.0

593.8

54.1

210.0

15.3

127.6

8.4

1,322.3

106.3

721.4

62.5

Revenue 

Gross profit

Retail

Revenue from retail customers 
was up 87.3% to £1,112.3m (FY21: 
£593.8m), with 62.9k vehicles sold. 
Retail volumes increased by 45.9% 
over FY21. Due to the reduced 
supply of vehicles in the market, we 
expanded our offering from our core 
market of vehicles under three years 
old, to include greater than three 
years old, again showing our ability 
to successfully adapt at pace to 
changing market conditions.  
In the year, our share of the 0-4 year 
old market increased to 3.1% (FY21: 
2.4%). Our average market share 
within a 30 minute drive time of a 
branch was 7.7% (FY21: 5.5%).

Gross profit per retail unit for the 
financial year was £1,446 (FY21: 
£1,254). In the first half, gross profit 
per retail unit benefited from 
increased demand pushing prices 
up combined with robust internal 
changes in buying and pricing 
strategies. After this period of 
unprecedented month on month 
inflation, prices stabilised in the 
second half, albeit at record levels. 
The Group also continued to focus 
on internal processes within the 
vehicle handling and preparation 
side of the business. Improved 
speed of preparation, combined 
with strong cost control, has resulted 
in efficiencies. This was despite an 
increased cost of preparing vehicles 
in the greater than three year 
old range.

Finance per vehicle sold improved 
significantly in the year, with an overall 
penetration of 52% (FY21: 42%), and 
a record 58% in the last quarter. Our 
APR finance rates were reduced 
further to 8.9% from 9.9% in October 
2021 as we reinforced our belief of 
being the best value car retailer in 
the UK. Warranty penetration also 
improved from 34% in FY21 to 49%.

Our new branches in Manchester, 
Maidstone and Portsmouth opened  
in the second half of the year, and 
whilst early days, we are pleased  
with performance thus far.

Wholesale

Wholesale revenue via Auction4Cars.
com, which sells vehicles which 
have been part exchanged by retail 
customers, or directly purchased 
from consumers, increased by 64.6%. 
Wholesale volumes were affected 
by the move into 3-4 year old retail 
criteria. 34.8k vehicles were  
sold via this purely online platform 
(FY21: 24.4k).

Gross margin strengthened to 7.3% 
(FY21: 6.6%), reflecting both the 
market and internal pricing controls. 
Gross profit per wholesale unit 
was £440 (FY21: £344). By the year 
end our Auction4Cars.com trading 
platform had been successfully 
upgraded to operate as an automated 
marketplace to include third party 
vendors, enabling them to auction 
their own vehicles digitally.

Operating expenses

Operating expenses increased from 
£49.9m in FY21 to £81.3m. COVID-19 
relief of approximately £3.9m explains 
part of this movement, along with 
variable costs which were cut 
wherever possible last year, due to 
the COVID-19 lockdowns. This year 
the Group made a planned uplift in 
strategic costs, as we further invest 
in people, technology and marketing. 
Marketing costs in total were £18.9m 
(FY21: £7.0m) and people costs 
£34.7m (FY21: £25.6m). Marketing 
costs included a greater proportion of 
digital spend than previously, which is 
expected to continue. In addition, staff 
costs rose due to planned headcount 
increases and bonuses. Customer 
acquisition cost per retail unit was 
£300 (FY21: £163), and people cost per 
retail unit £552 (FY21: £594).

Exceptional items

There have been no exceptional items 
in the year (FY21: £Nil).

Interest

The Group’s net financial expense was 
£3.5m (FY21: £2.9m).

Total interest charges on the stocking 
facilities in the period were £1.5m 
(FY21: £1.1m), which reflected the 
sharp increase in inventory valuation.

Interest on lease liabilities of £1.7m 
(FY21: £1.6m) was incurred during  
the period.

Interest on banking facilities was 
£0.3m (FY21: £0.2m).

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements 
57

Cash flow

Cash flow from operations was 
£(5.5)m outflow (FY21: £12.4m inflow). 
The majority of this drop reflected 
the significant inflation coupled with 
increased vehicle volumes, raising 
inventory values by £100.0m in the 
year, and the timing of the stocking 
finance availability.

Other main items in the cash flow 
include capital expenditure of 
£6.9m (FY21: 3.6m), payments to 
satisfy future employee share plan 
obligations of £5.0m (FY21: £0.4m), 
an increase in borrowings of £29.0m 
(FY21: £10.0m repayment), principal 
lease repayments of £4.0m (FY21: 
£3.6m), interest payments of £3.5m 
(FY21: £2.9m) and tax payments of 
£2.3m (FY21: £2.8m).

Trade and other receivables have 
increased to £13.6m (FY21: £7.7m), 
reflecting the increased volume and  
sales mix at the respective year ends, 
with most sales being online in March 
2021 due to COVID-19. When sales 
are made online the cash reaches 
us instantly. When sales happen in 
branches the use of card machines 
brings a timing delay and increases 
the debtors balance. In addition, 
finance penetration increased to 52% 
(FY21: 42%) leading to an increase in 
commissions due.

Trade and other payables, inclusive 
of the stock financing facilities, 
have also increased to £193.8m 
(FY21: £125.7m), primarily reflecting 
increases in the stocking facilities 
to £147.0m (FY21: £89.2m). 

Borrowings reflect the use of the 
revolving credit facility. By 23 May 2022, 
the Group had recorded a net cash 
positive position. The increase in 
total lease liabilities to £52.8m (FY21: 
£49.3m) reflects the new branches.

Capital structure and 
treasury

The Group’s objective when 
managing capital is to ensure 
adequate working capital for all 
operating activities and liquidity, 
including a comfortable headroom 
to take advantage of opportunities, 
or to weather short term downturns. 
The Group also aims to operate an 
efficient capital structure to achieve 
the business plan.

The Group’s long term funding 
arrangements consist primarily of 
the stocking finance facilities with 
Black Horse Limited and Lombard 
North Central PLC (to a maximum of 
£195.0m), trade and other payables, 
as well as an unsecured loan facility 
provided by Santander UK PLC, 
split between £6.0m available as an 
uncommitted overdraft and £29.0m 
available as a revolving credit facility. 
This loan facility with Santander UK 
PLC is due to expire in May 2024.

Chris Morgan
Chief Financial Officer
15 June 2022

Motorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

56

Financial review continued

Taxation

Balance sheet

During FY22, the Group demonstrated 
its ability to respond to market 
conditions and vehicle price inflation 
by successfully increasing its 
stocking facilities, which now stand 
at £195.0m up from £106.0m in 
FY21. In addition, the revolving credit 
facility was increased to £29.0m from 
£14.0m in FY21. The Group also has 
an uncommitted overdraft facility of 
£6.0m which remains in place and 
was undrawn at the year end. Both 
are agreed until May 2024.  

Non current assets were £59.2m 
(FY21: £60.9m) made up of £0.6m of 
intangibles, £10.9m of property, plant 
and equipment, £46.7m of right-of-
use assets and £1.0m of deferred tax 
asset (FY21: £Nil, £16.1m, £43.6m and 
£1.2m respectively). At the year end 
the Group owned three properties, 
being the preparation centre in 
Peterborough, the Stockton on Tees 
branch, and some additional land 
in Glasgow. Stockton on Tees was 
subsequently sold after year end 
and leased back. As a result of the 
intention to sell and leaseback both 
Stockton on Tees and Peterborough 
at the year end, there are assets 
held for sale of £9.2m (FY21: £Nil). 
All other properties are on leases 
of various lengths.

Included within intangible assets 
was £0.6m in relation to IT projects.

The tax charge in the period is 
for the amount assessable for UK 
corporation tax in the year net of prior 
year adjustments and deferred tax. 
The effective rate of tax in the year of 
21.4% (FY21: 21.6%) is higher than the 
charge which would result from the 
standard rate of corporation tax in 
the UK of 19.0%. This reflects timing 
differences relating to fixed assets 
and adjustments made in respect of 
prior years, partly offset by the impact 
of the tax rate change on the deferred 
tax asset.

Shares

At 31 March 2022, 90,189,885 ordinary 
shares were in issue, of which 
1,372,677 were held in the Employee 
Benefits Trust.

Earnings per share

Basic and diluted earnings per share 
were both 18.7 pence (FY21: 8.4 pence).

Dividends

No dividend was paid in the period 
(FY21: £Nil) and the Board has not 
recommended a final dividend  
(FY21: £Nil) while it focuses on  
driving significant growth. 

Capital expenditure and 
disposals

Cash capital expenditure was £6.9m 
(FY21: £3.6m), and primarily related to 
the fit out of the three new branches, 
the dedicated preparation centre in 
Motherwell and various branch refits. 
All new properties were leased. 

After the year end, the sale and 
leaseback of our Stockton on Tees 
site was completed. The freehold was 
sold for £5.0m and leased back at 
an annual rent of £350k. There 
was no material profit or loss on 
this transaction.

The Group closed the year with 
£228.4m of inventory, up from 
£128.4m at FY21 year end. Whilst stock 
would have been inflated at the end 
of March 2021 due to a build up for 
the post lockdown reopening, used 
vehicle values increased considerably 
in the year, with inflation of over 30% 
since the FY21 year end. The Group 
also broadened its mix of SKUs, with a 
greater proportion of more expensive 
vehicles. Days in stock improved to 54 
days (FY21: 67 days).

At 1 April 2021 the Group had £106.0m 
of stocking finance facilities available 
with Black Horse Limited (£80.0m) 
and Lombard North Central PLC 
(£26.0m), and £89.2m was drawn. 
During the year, in response to the 
unprecedented inflation and move 
in vehicle mix, both facilities were 
increased, to £120.0m and £75.0m 
respectively. 

The Group also has a £35.0m facility 
with Santander UK PLC, split between 
£6.0m available as an uncommitted 
overdraft and £29.0m available as a 
revolving credit facility. At the year 
end, the revolving credit facility was 
fully drawn, due to the timing of the 
availability of the stocking increase. 
This revolving credit facility was 
increased by £15.0m during the year 
and replaced the temporary £15.0m 
bank overdraft which expired earlier 
in May 2021.

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

58

Risk management

Continuous identification 
and review 

The expanded role and remit of the Group Risk and Compliance Committee is 
testament to our commitment to continuously strengthen and prioritise risk 
management in the Company. 

Approach to risk management

Principal risks and uncertainties

The Board is accountable for maintaining a policy of 
continuous identification and review of the principal 
risks facing the Group which could threaten its future 
performance or business model. On behalf of the  
Board, the Audit Committee reviews the effectiveness  
of Motorpoint’s risk management processes.

Motorpoint’s prioritisation of risk management was 
strengthened and enhanced during the year through the 
expansion and subsequent renaming of the Compliance 
Committee to the Group Risk and Compliance Committee. 
The Committee has delegated responsibility, from the 
Audit Committee, for formally identifying and assessing 
these risks annually, measuring them against a defined set 
of criteria, and considering the likelihood of occurrence 
and potential impact to the Group. The Group Risk and 
Compliance Committee is formed of the Executive Board, 
the Head of Internal Audit and Risk and risk owning Senior 
Leadership Team members. 

Risk management plays an integral part in the Group’s 
planning, decision making and management processes. All 
colleagues have a responsibility to ensure they understand 
the risks in their area of activity and that they implement 
and operate effective controls to manage the risks.

The Group’s risk profile is reported to the Executive 
Board for review and challenge, ahead of final review 
and approval by the Board. These principal risks are then 
subject to Board discussion during the course of the year, 
as appropriate. To drive continuous improvement across 
the business, the Group Risk and Compliance Committee 
monitors the suitability and adequacy of controls in place 
and the ongoing status of action plans against key risks 
quarterly, with a particular focus for those risks considered 
to be outside of the Group’s risk appetite.

On the following pages are details of our principal risks and 
uncertainties and the key mitigating activities in place to 
address them. It is recognised that the Group is exposed to 
risks wider than those listed. We disclose those we believe 
are likely to have the greatest impact on our business 
at this moment in time and which have been subject to 
debate at recent Board or Audit Committee meetings.

How the Board manages risk 

The Board and each of its delegated Committees operate 
to a prescribed meeting agenda in order to ensure that all 
relevant risks are identified and addressed as appropriate. 
Key management information is reviewed in order to 
prescribe operating controls and performance monitoring 
against the Company’s strategy and business plans.

The Non-Executive Directors have particular responsibility 
for monitoring the financial and operating performance, 
to ensure that progress is being made towards our agreed 
goals. The Board’s responsibilities also include assessing 
the effectiveness of internal controls and the management 
of risk.

The Board’s review of risk and controls

During the year, the Board considered all strategic matters, 
received key performance information on operating, 
financial and compliance matters and reviewed the 
results of corresponding controls and risk management. 
The Board received from the Audit Committee and the 
executive’s Group Risk and Compliance Committee timely 
information and reports on all relevant aspects of risk 
and corresponding controls. We reviewed all of our key 
Company policies and ensured that all matters of internal 
control received adequate Board scrutiny and debate. At 
Board meetings, and informally via the Chair, all Directors 
had the opportunity to raise matters of particular concern 
to them. There were no unresolved concerns in the year.

59

We concluded that appropriate controls are in place and 
functioning effectively. The Board considers that the 
Group’s systems provide information which is adequate  
to permit the identification of key risks to its business  
and the proper assessment and mitigation of those risks.

Based on the work of the Audit and Risk and Compliance 
committees, the Board has performed a robust assessment 
to ensure that: (i) the principal risks and uncertainties 
facing the Group’s business have been identified and 
assessed and are aligned to the Group’s business 
strategies; and (ii) appropriate mitigation is in place.

Changes to principal risks 

During FY22 the Group Risk and Compliance Committee 
and the Board continued with its role of managing the 
Group principal risks and where outside of appetite,  
setting out and monitoring mitigations to bring the  
risks within appetite. 

We decided to remove Brexit from the principal risks 
and uncertainties this year as a result of successful risk 
mitigations and limited sourcing and sales activity with the 
EU. The Board recognises that some residual uncertainties 
in relation to Brexit remain, such as potential labour 
shortages affecting the supply chain. However, these have 
been included within the scope of our supply chain and 
economic vulnerability risks with mitigations for those 
uncertainties managed on a day to day basis. 

There were no new emerging or principal risks in the 
year confirmed by the Board and the Group Risk and 
Compliance Committee. However, our supply chain 
and economic vulnerability risks were deemed to have 
escalated in the year and have an increased risk outlook 
moving forwards. The principal causes of the escalated 
risk outlook are the conflict resulting from Russia’s invasion 
of Ukraine, which is likely to cause further supply issues in 
the motor industry as well as global economic uncertainty 
from concerns over potential escalations of the conflict. In 
addition, the ongoing semiconductor shortage is expected 
to continue to affect the used car retail supply chain owing 
to the lack of supply of new vehicles in the market. 

The COVID-19 pandemic has continued to impact the 
business in the year, albeit much reduced from FY21,  
which is included in our economic vulnerability risk. 

With respect to climate change, the Group Risk and 
Compliance Committee actively manages and monitors 
climate change risk within the scope of its activities. 
This forms part of the continued commitment by the 
Board and the Committee to integrate the identification 
and ongoing management of climate risks with the 
Company’s risk management processes set out in the 
Group Risk Management Framework. The summary risk 
and opportunity register in respect of climate change 
has been set out in our TCFD disclosure on page 46. The 
register sets out how our specific climate risks relate to the 
principal risks. All of our climate change risks identified are 
being managed within the scope of our principal risks set 
out on pages 61 to 65. 

1st line

2nd line

Operational and  
management controls
•  Site management with appropriate 

team structure and dedicated 
leadership team reporting line.

•  Visible, championed values  
and expected behaviours.

•  Application of Company policies 

and procedures.

•  Employee induction, training  

and ongoing support.

•  Executive and leadership  

team oversight.

Risk and compliance 
monitoring
•  Compliance and Data Protection 

Officers.

•  Operational audit activity.

•  Risk management framework.

•  External specialists engaged  
to monitor and report on 
compliance operations.

3rd line

Independent and 
external review
•  External advisors engaged  
to review 1st and 2nd lines.

•  Open culture of challenge 
to existing processes and 
whistleblowing hotline.

•  The work of internal audit.

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

60

61

Risk management continued

Principal risks and uncertainties

Viability statement
In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code 
2018, the Board has assessed the prospects of the Group 
over a period in excess of the 12 months required by the 
‘Going Concern’ provision, selecting a three-year period 
to the end of FY25 which takes into account the Group’s 
current position and the potential impact of the principal 
risks and uncertainties as set out on pages 61 to 65. 

In making their assessment the Directors considered 
the Group’s current balance sheet, and operational cash 
flows, the availability of facilities, and stress testing of  
the key trading assumptions within the Group’s plan. 

The Board has taken a severe but plausible downside 
scenario approach in considering the going concern 
status of the Group, reducing volumes and prices, and 
increasing interest rates and comparing with headroom 
available against banking covenants and liquid resources 
required to continue trading. Taking the base case three-
year forecast as the starting point, even when applying 
a 25% reduction to revenue, as well as a substantial 
increase in interest costs, the covenants were not 
breached, and liquid resources were not depleted. In 
this model, operating costs were not flexed outside of 
built in inflationary increases. However, in the event of 
a significant downturn, the Board would take mitigating 
measures to reduce operating costs which would create 
further headroom. 

The selection of the assumptions for the stressed budget 
is inherently subjective, and whilst the Board considered 
these assumptions to reflect a severe but plausible 
downside scenario, the future impact of economic 
downturn, interest rate rises or inflating overhead 
costs is impossible to predict with absolute accuracy. 

The effects of the pandemic in respect of restrictions, 
lockdowns and mandatory isolation periods have 
significantly reduced year on year and are increasingly 
likely not to return. As such the Board anticipates that the 
likelihood of material impacts on operations as the result 
of the pandemic are less likely for FY23 and beyond. The 
Board does acknowledge that there are potential future 
direct and indirect implications of the pandemic, which 
could continue to impact on the Group, including on its 
liquidity and adherence to financial covenants but these 
are highly unlikely. 

Scenario modelling has been considered throughout 
the year and at year end by management to formulate 
response options against moderate or severe downturns 
in sales volumes, potential margin pressures and 
possible cost challenges. 

During FY22, the Group demonstrated its ability to 
respond to market conditions and vehicle price inflation 
by successfully increasing its stocking facilities, which 
now stand at £195.0m up from £106.0m in FY21. 

In addition, the revolving credit facility was increased 
to £29.0m from £14.0m in FY21. The Group also has 
an uncommitted overdraft facility of £6.0m which 
remains in place and was undrawn at the year end. Both 
are agreed until May 2024. Although this termination 
falls within the period to 31 March 2025, the Group is 
confident that any extension of the facilities can be 
reasonably expected.

In the eventuality of a period of prolonged economic 
downturn resulting in material reductions in sales volume 
or prices as well as rising overhead costs, it is possible 
that the Group would need to negotiate changes to 
its current banking covenants, but such an extreme 
downturn is not currently considered plausible. 

The Group continues to consider and monitor further 
potential mitigation actions it could take to strengthen its 
cash position and reduce operating costs in the event of 
a more severe downside scenario. Such cost reduction 
and cash preservation actions would include but are 
not limited to: reducing spend on specific variable cost 
lines including marketing and branch trading expenses; 
team costs, most notably sales commissions; pausing 
new stock commitments; and extending the period for 
which expansionary capital spend, dividends and share 
buybacks are suspended. 

The Group has continued to demonstrate an 
exceptionally flexible approach to trading and despite 
the ongoing constriction in the supply of new vehicles, 
which is expected to continue into 2023, we have been 
able to use our market position to access more stock to 
satisfy customer demand, both online and in branch.

The Directors have also made use of the post year 
end trading performance to provide additional 
assurance that the year end stock levels and associated 
provisioning were reasonable, and that it is reasonable 
that no branches require an impairment provision. 
While only a short period has passed since the year end, 
this evidence adds further comfort to the continuing 
strength of the Group in an active market.

Based on this assessment, the Board confirms it has a 
reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to 
continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they  
fall due over the period to 31 March 2025. 

The Board has determined that the three-year period 
constitutes an appropriate period over which to provide 
its Viability Statement. This is the period detailed in our 
Strategic Plan which we approve each year as part of 
the strategic review. Whilst the Board has no reason to 
believe the Group will not be viable over a longer period, 
given the inherent uncertainty involved we believe this 
presents users of the Annual Report and Accounts with  
a reasonable degree of confidence while still providing  
a medium term perspective.

Risk and impact

Mitigating controls

Progress made in FY22

Dynamic Risk 
Assessment

Competition, Market and Customers

The UK vehicle market is highly 
competitive, and customers 
have a broad choice of retailers, 
some of which offer comparable 
products. The market continues 
to see consolidation and 
innovation, through which our 
competitors have progressed 
their propositions.

Concurrently, customer 
expectations and buying 
patterns are evolving, with 
the traditional research and 
purchase channels becoming 
ever more influenced by digital 
media, peer recommendations 
and convenience. There is also a 
market risk identified in respect 
of climate change affecting 
consumer choice. 

Failing to stay ahead of the market 
or to adapt to changing customer 
behaviours faster than the 
competition could undermine  
our ability to meet our objectives.

•  Continue to drive our multichannel proposition, 

refined post COVID-19 to accelerate growth 
opportunities.

•  Continue to compete via our business model’s 
consistent focus on Choice, Value, Service and 
Quality; each of these cornerstones is built 
into the business operation and reporting. For 
example, customer satisfaction ratings are used 
in the calculation of all bonuses or commissions 
across the business.

•  Investment in brand marketing, digital 

engineering, data insight capability and service 
to raise awareness of Motorpoint and meet 
customer needs, including with respect to 
electric vehicles and climate change related data, 
such as emissions produced by cars that are sold.

•  Investment in supply chain capacity and 
capability, and delivery of productivity 
improvements to enable us to compete effectively 
and allocate resource to growth driving activity.

•  Commission regular customer insight reports 

to track performance against the market, 
competitors, and other key indicators.  
Mystery shopping best in class retailers.

•  Increasing our market share in 
new areas through three new 
sales sites in the year as well as a 
new dedicated preparation centre. 

•  Significant investment in our 

digital transformation, including 
the appointment of a Head of 
Change and Transformation to 
enhance our digital offering.

•  Increased brand awareness 

through continued investment in 
brand marketing and nationwide 
TV advertising.

•  Implementing a highly flexible 
and adaptable business model 
in response to increased demand 
for used cars, increasing the 
range of cars Motorpoint would 
typically sell. 

•  Electric vehicle strategy formed 

during the year, with in-put 
from newly appointed Head of 
Sustainability. Progress includes: 
communications to employees 
and customers; training for 
employees; and dedicated areas 
on the customer website for 
electric vehicles.

Brand and Reputation

As a function of being 
independent of manufacturer 
support, Motorpoint attracts 
new and repeat customers 
substantially through building 
a compelling perception of 
the Company’s brand and 
reputation. Our customers expect 
us to deliver vehicles that are 
safe, compliant with legal and 
regulatory requirements, and fit 
for purpose.

We also recognise the potential 
impact of climate change on 
brand and reputation in the 
knowledge that failure to embrace 
change to combat climate 
change could result in negative 
consequences for our brand and 
reputation. 

Failure to maintain these would 
rapidly result in a loss of customer 
confidence and impact levels of 
business.

Unfavourable publicity concerning 
the Company or the industry in 
which it operates could also have 
an adverse impact.

•  Brand awareness and relevance expanded to both 
new and existing customers, through investment 
in our website, advertising and via more 
personalised outbound communications.

•  Key messaging around our  

four core value propositions  
– Choice, Value, Service 
and Quality.

•  Customer satisfaction, measured using the NPS 
system, sits at the heart of our operations and is 
subject to regular scrutiny across all levels of the 
business.

•  We closely monitor customer perceptions using 
both qualitative and quantitative feedback and 
respond quickly where possible.

•  Customer Sentiment Dashboard monitors the 

potential impact of climate change on brand and 
reputation as well as other key metrics from NPS 
score, review scores of sites and feedback and 
social media sentiment. 

•  Began to implement a 

consolidated and formalised 
Customer Sentiment Dashboard 
that tracks on a monthly basis 
customer metrics such as repeat 
business levels, NPS scores, 
review site scores and feedback, 
and social media sentiment.

•  Business Intelligence 

restructured to interpret key 
customer metrics and capitalise 
on new opportunities.

•  Head of Sustainability appointed 

in line with the Company’s 
ambition to achieve sustainable, 
responsible operations, 
including working with the 
ESG Committee on the topic of 
climate change and how it may 
affect our brand and reputation. 

Dynamic Risk Assessment

Increasing

Decreasing

Stable

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

62

63

Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Risk and impact

Mitigating controls

Progress made in FY22

Dynamic Risk 
Assessment

Risk and impact

Mitigating controls

Progress made in FY22

Dynamic Risk 
Assessment

Availability and Terms of Customer Finance

Vehicle sales volumes rely on our 
customers being able to access 
affordable credit lines. As such 
the Company is exposed to 
the risk of lending institutions 
reducing, terminating, or 
materially altering the terms and 
conditions on which they are 
willing to offer consumer credit 
to the Company’s customers.

Commission income generated 
by the Company acting as a 
regulated credit broker could be 
impacted if either the number 
of such arrangements reduces, 
or the structure and amount of 
commissions earned is altered.

Given the customer finance 
offering has improved in the year 
as well as continued positive 
relationships with lenders, this 
risk is deemed to be decreasing 
in outlook. 

Supply Chain Disruption

Sales/profitability and customer 
satisfaction could be impacted by 
supply chain disruption or loss of 
access to key suppliers. 

This includes potential effects 
from increased risks in this area 
such as the situation in Ukraine, 
which is likely to further affect 
supply in the motor trade, as well 
as the ongoing semiconductor 
issue. 

Potential long term threats in this 
area from climate related risks are 
also included within the scope of 
this risk. 

•  Constantly monitor the market and 

•  Customer finance offering 

emerging trends.

•  Work in conjunction with our partners to keep 

our consumer credit offer relevant, competitive 
and viable.

•  Where possible reinvest in the quality of the 
customer offer, preferring to build its appeal 
rather than maximise our commission rates.

improved in the year through 
the reduction of rates available 
to customers.

•  Use of a broad spread of supply channels, within 
each of which are longstanding relationships. 

•  Continuation of upgraded  
Home Delivery vehicle fleet.

•  Employment of an experienced buying team 

•  New car buying service 

which is responsible for maintaining an efficient 
and effective supply chain.

introduced, which broadens  
our supply channels.

•  Able to utilise our buying criteria within the scope 

•  Strengthened and consolidated 

of our retail proposition (age and mileage of 
vehicles) to access more supply if required. 

•  Business continuity plans in place for Motorpoint 

non-store facilities.

•  We seek to limit dependency on individual 

suppliers by actively managing key supplier 
relationships.

•  Head of Sustainability reporting on ways in which 
the supply chain can be made more sustainable, 
in order to combat long term climate related risks 
in this area. 

our relationship with key 
subcontractors in our supply 
chain, including the agreement 
of multiple contracts covering 
all branches.

•  Investigative work undertaken to 
develop the sustainability of our 
supply chain.

Dynamic Risk Assessment

Increasing

Decreasing

Stable

Economic Vulnerability 

Failure to withstand the impact of 
an event or combination of events 
that significantly disrupts all or 
a substantial part of the Group’s 
sales or operations. 

This risk includes the risk of a lack 
of business resilience in the event 
of: external economic pressures 
and inflation causing significant 
reduction in UK Consumer 
spending, further risks of 
economic shutdowns from a new 
or resurgent pandemic, economic 
downturn due to global conflict 
causing material price rises and 
energy price increases, climate 
related disruption, and material 
cost inflation.

•  Further strengthening financial 
position of the Group through 
increased stocking facilities  
and revolving credit facility. 

•  Adaptable business model in 

place facilitating colleagues to 
work remotely where possible 
and contingency plans to close/ 
reopen branches and facilities 
safely in accordance with legal 
requirements.

•  Long term planning and 
investigative work begun 
covering the business’ readiness 
for the impacts of climate 
change, including an anticipated 
increased demand for electric 
and alternately fuelled vehicles. 

•  Internal control and risk management process 

in place to identify and manage risks (including 
emerging risks) that may impact the business. 
This includes horizon scanning for potential risks 
and early identification of mitigations against 
potential rising costs, falling sales volumes and 
business readiness in the event of shutdowns. 

•  Conservative financial approach – strong balance 
sheet, balanced levels of structural debt, low risk 
property portfolio, ‘value for money’ mentality.

•  Strong and united Board and Management team 
in place, experienced managers in key roles and 
committed colleagues.

•  Strong values – emphasising ’long term thinking’ 

and ‘acting like owners’ – which Board and 
senior management are required to role model, 
embedded in the business through recruitment 
and appraisal, and colleague communications.

•  Strong relationships maintained with key 
stakeholders (shareholders, colleagues, 
customers, suppliers, community).

•  Investment in the Motorpoint brand and diversity 
of routes to market provide flexibility through our 
omnichannel approach.

•  Business continuity plans in place and kept up  

to date for branches, operations and technology.

•  Forward planning by ESG Committee and Head of 
Sustainability to plan for potential climate related 
economic threats from increasing cost of carbon.

•  Insurance cover in place to cover key risks,  
where applicable. Particular focus on cash  
flow management.

•  Expert third party advisers in place (e.g., 

corporate PR, corporate, banking, legal) to assist.

Finance and Treasury

Growth constrained by lack 
of access to capital/ financial 
resource.

•  Motorpoint uses a selection of finance facilities 

•  Actions continue to improve 

controls around stock and cash 
management, including controls 
around stock purchasing and 
forecasting.

•  Further strengthening financial 
position of the Group through 
increased stocking facilities  
and revolving credit facility.

to fund its operations including a stock financing 
facility secured against its retail vehicle stocks.

•  The Group has an uncommitted £6.0m overdraft 
and a £29.0m Revolving Credit Facility in place 
until May 2024.

•  A treasury policy and set of processes are in 

place to govern and control cash flow activities, 
including the investment of surplus cash.

•  Hedging arrangements are in place for foreign 
exchange transactions, and freight and energy 
prices are agreed in advance, to help mitigate 
volatility and aid margin management.

•  Forward looking cash flow forecasts and covenant 
tests are prepared to ensure that sufficient liquidity 
and covenant headroom exists.

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

64

65

Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Risk and impact

Mitigating controls

Progress made in FY22

Dynamic Risk 
Assessment

Risk and impact

Mitigating controls

Progress made in FY22

Dynamic Risk 
Assessment

IT Systems, Data and Cyber Security

•  Significant investment in digital 
transformation is underway, 
upgrading and replacing legacy 
systems.

•  Ongoing actions in respect of 
network refresh programme, 
hardware refresh programme 
and strengthening our change 
management controls. 

•  Strengthened, renewed and 
thoroughly socialised data 
protection policy.

•  Formal IT governance processes in place to  

cover all aspects of IT management.

•  Changes to IT services are managed through 

a combination of formal programmes for large 
and complex programmes, or bespoke iterative 
development methodologies for smaller scale 
changes.

•  A detailed IT development and security roadmap 

is in place, aligned to strategy.

•  Comprehensive third party support in place for 

relevant technologies.

•  Business continuity in place for all major systems 

and applications.

•  Regular vulnerability scans, annual penetration 
testing with systematic methodology to treat 
identified threats.

•  Business process, authorisation controls and 

access to sensitive transactions are kept 
under review.

•  Operational management are responsible  

•  Expanded and renamed 

for liaising with the Company Secretary and 
external advisers to ensure that new legislation  
is identified, and relevant action taken.

•  Training on the requirements of the Bribery  
Act and anti money laundering policies are  
in place for all relevant colleagues and  
policies are communicated to all suppliers.

•  Whistleblowing procedure and independently 

administered helpline which enables colleagues 
to raise concerns in confidence.

‘Group Risk and Compliance 
Committee’ ensuring robust 
regular oversight and review 
of compliance matters by the 
SLT. Continued to conduct 
horizon scanning processes to 
identify changes in regulatory 
expectations.

•  Strengthened, renewed and 
thoroughly socialised data 
protection policy. 

Operations impacted by failure 
to develop technology to support 
the strategy, lack of availability 
due to cyber attack or other 
failure, and reputational damage/
fines due to loss of personal data.

Regulatory and Compliance

Fines, damages claims, and 
reputational damage could be 
incurred if we fail to comply 
with legislative or regulatory 
requirements, including 
consumer law, health and safety, 
employment law, GDPR and data 
protection and the Bribery Act.

The Company also has various FCA 
permissions to carry on a range of 
regulated insurance and consumer 
credit activities from which it 
derives income. There is a risk that 
increased regulation or restrictions 
on the sales process or nature of 
these products would restrict the 
income available to the Company.

Dynamic Risk Assessment

Increasing

Decreasing

Stable

People and Culture

The success of the business could 
be impacted if it fails to attract, 
retain and motivate high calibre 
colleagues.

•  The composition of the Executive team is 

regularly reviewed by the Board to ensure that  
it is appropriate to deliver the growth plans of  
the business.

Maintaining and evolving the 
culture of our business (embodied 
in our shared values) is essential 
to delivering our strategy 
and ensuring the long term 
sustainability of our business.

•  Succession plans and appraisals are in place 

across the Group.

•  Shared values describe and embed our culture.

•  The Group’s Remuneration Policy detailed in this 
report is designed to ensure that high calibre 
executives are attracted and retained. Lock in 
of senior management is supported by awards 
under the Long Term Incentive Plan.

•  Mark Carpenter, CEO, appointed 
as a patron of the ‘Automotive 
30% Club’ which focuses on 
improving gender balance and 
diversity and inclusion in the 
motor industry. 

•  Further discount offered this year 

(20%) for the annual Sharescheme 
programme to all employees.

•  Increased Group Board focus 

on Board and Executive 
team succession and talent 
management.

•  Materiality assessment conducted 
by Bright Space Communications 
concluding on key environmental, 
social and governance themes 
considered most important by our 
employees, wider industry trends 
and global matters. 

•  Actions in respect of organisational 

design review are continuing.

Health, Safety and Welfare

The risk that accidents, hazards 
or incidents are caused by unsafe 
practices at work, resulting in 
injury or death to customers, 
employees or third parties.

•  Health and safety training for all new starters,  

•  Ongoing actions from six 

with additional role specific training for 
employees in branches.

•  Implemented incident management processing 

to ensure major incidents are dealt with 
appropriately and problems are logged  
and actively progressed to resolution. 

•  Undertake risk and control assessments to 

monitor compliance. 

•  Continually monitor our mandatory regulatory 
training to ensure that all colleagues are kept 
informed. 

•  Ensure that incident reporting including lessons 
learnt exercises take place to meet health and 
safety obligations.

•  Incidents are reported online, via a reporting 

monthly insurance inspections 
of the Lifting Operations and 
Lifting Equipment Regulations 
and periodic inspection and 
maintenance under Provision 
and Use of Work Equipment 
Regulations. 

•  Ongoing actions from incident 

reporting included within 
monthly Board submissions and 
also discussed within monthly 
Operations Manager Health and 
Safety Governance including 
deep dive into causations, issues 
arising/lessons learnt and best  
fit solutions. 

tool. Line management deal with minor incidents. 
Major incidents are escalated to the Senior 
Leadership Team who are supported by PIB  
Risk Management (‘PIB’).

•  Ongoing actions from 

strengthened and enhanced 
Fire Risk Assessment conducted 
across all branches in FY22. 

•  Risk assessment is managed in the following 

ways: 

 – line management on the branches have a 

number of online risk assessment checklists  
to verify the relevant controls are in place; and 

 – higher level risk assessments are carried out on 
workshop activities by PIB including Hand Arm 
Vibration and Control of Substances Hazardous 
to Health. The Group Compliance Manager 
also carries out higher level risk assessments 
covering branch transport safety, gates and 
barriers as well as fire risk assessment.

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements 
Motorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

66

67

Non-financial information statement

In accordance with section 414CB of the Companies Act 2006, the sections cross referred to in the table below are 
incorporated into this non-financial information statement.

Environmental matters

Stakeholder engagement:  
community and environment

Streamlined Energy and  
Carbon Reporting 

Energy efficiency actions 

Going green 

Social matters

Investing in our communities

Read more / page 34

Read more / page 50

Supporting great causes

Read more / page 39

Read more / page 50

Read more / page 37

Read more / page 53

Anti corruption and anti bribery 
matters

Governance

68  Board of Directors

70 

Introduction to governance

71  Corporate governance report

75  Audit Committee report

79  Nomination Committee report

82  Remuneration Committee report

84  Remuneration policy

91  Annual report on remuneration

99  Directors’ report

104  Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

Read more / page 36

As part of this year’s SECR, we have established an 
Environment Social and Governance Committee.  
In addition our talent team are working on business 
projects focused on improving the sustainability of  
the business and our impact on the environment.

Related principal risk: Brand and 
Reputation; Economic Vulnerability; 
Regulatory and Compliance

Read more / pages 61, 
63, 64

Respect for human rights

Real living wage

Related principal risk: Brand  
and Reputation; Regulatory  
and Compliance

Read more / pages 
61, 64

Modern slavery

Treating customers fairly

Company’s employees

At a glance

Our operating model begins  
with our team 

Our Core values

Our Stakeholders 

Winning Culture

Supporting employee wellbeing

Read more / page 48

Read more / page 2

Related principal risk: Brand 
and Reputation; Regulatory and 
Compliance People and Culture

Read more / pages 61, 
64, 65

Anti corruption and anti bribery matters

Read more / page 48

Whistleblowing hotline,  
anti corruption and anti bribery

Read more / page 32

Related principal risk:  
Regulatory and Compliance

Read more / page 47

Investment case

Read more / page 52

The Company has various employee centric policies and 
guidance including: Staff Handbook; HR Policies including 
equal opportunities; anti bullying and harassment; 
whistleblowing; enhanced maternity leave; paternity leave; 
health, safety and welfare; data protection; and privacy. 

Non-financial KPIs 

Related principal risk: People 
and Culture; IT Systems, Data, 
and Cyber Security 

Read more / pages 
64, 65

Business model

Read more / page 19

Read more / page 53

Read more / page 53

Read more / page 53

Read more / page 64

Read more / page 3

Read more / page 23

Read more / pages 
4, 5

Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic ReportMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

68

Board of Directors

Experienced management 
team delivering excellence.

69

John Walden
Independent Non-Executive 
Chair and Chair of the 
Nomination Committee

Mark Carpenter
Chief Executive Officer

Chris Morgan
Chief Financial Officer

Appointment

January 2022

April 2016

January 2021

Background and career

Mark was appointed as Chief 
Executive Officer in May 2013 
following two years as CFO, 
and has 18 years’ experience 
in motor retail. Mark was 
previously Finance Director 
of Sytner Group Limited from 
2005 to 2010. Prior to this, 
Mark was with Andersen, 
where he qualified as a 
Chartered Accountant.

Chris was appointed Chief 
Financial Officer in January 
2021. Chris was formerly group 
finance director at Speedy 
Hire Plc. Prior to this Chris 
held senior finance leadership 
positions at Go Outdoors and 
Tesco, where he was latterly 
the finance director for the 
Czech Republic and Slovakia. 
Chris is a Fellow of the Institute 
of Chartered Accountants in 
England and Wales.

John has held prior roles 
including chair of Naked Wines 
plc, chair of the Jersey parent 
company of Holland & Barrett 
International, and non-executive 
director of Celine Jersey Topco 
Ltd, the Jersey holding company 
of Debenhams. John was also 
an executive director at FTD 
Companies. John served as CEO 
of Argos and its parent company 
Home Retail Group plc, and he 
has held several senior roles 
with Best Buy Co. including EVP 
and president of the internet 
division. John has been a 
driving force in omnichannel 
and consumer driven retailing, 
as well as leading digital and 
transformational change, both  
in the UK and US. 

Mary McNamara
Senior Independent  
Non-Executive Director  
and Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee 

May 2016 (appointed as Senior 
Independent Director in 
October 2016)

Mary was CEO of the 
commercial division and  
board director of the Banking 
Division at Close Brothers 
Group Plc. She spent 17  
years with GE in a number  
of leadership roles, including 
CEO of the European Fleet 
Services business. Mary has 
also spent time with Skandia 
and 14 years at Harrods.

Adele Cooper
Independent Non-Executive 
Director

Keith Mansfield
Independent Non-Executive 
Director and Chair of the 
Audit Committee

March 2020

May 2020

Appointment

Background and career

Adele has extensive marketing 
and senior leadership 
experience, having worked at 
some of the world’s leading 
technology companies, most 
recently at Pinterest from 
June 2015 to December 2019. 
While at Pinterest, Adele was 
responsible for the UK and 
Ireland, overseeing strategic, 
commercial and operational 
management. Prior to this, 
Adele has been with Facebook 
and Google in a lead global 
relationship role and a variety  
of regional and global lead roles 
in marketing and operations.

Keith was appointed to the 
Board of Motorpoint Group 
Plc as Independent Non-
Executive Director in May 
2020. A Chartered Accountant 
by background, Keith brings 
extensive accountancy 
experience, having worked 
at PwC for over 30 years, 
during which time he served 
as Chair of PwC in London 
responsible for assurance, tax 
and advisory services. As a 
partner for 22 years, he has led 
services to public and private 
companies across a range of 
industry sectors. 

External roles

Since March 2021, John has 
been the chair of SnowFox 
Topco Ltd, the Guernsey topco 
responsible for Yo Sushi. John is 
also a partner in Inversion LLC.

None

None

Chair of the remuneration 
committee and member of the 
nomination and governance 
committee of OSB Group plc.

Adele is Chief Revenue Officer 
at &Open and also a non-
executive director of Conjura 
Ireland Limited.

Committee  
membership key

Audit  
Committee 

Remuneration 
Committee 

Nomination 
Committee

ESG 
Committee

Committee 
Chair

External roles

Keith is the senior independent 
director of Tritax Eurobox 
plc, where he chairs the 
audit committee and is a 
member of the management 
engagement committee and 
nomination committee. Keith 
is also the senior independent 
director and chair of the 
audit committee of Digital 
9 Infrastructure plc, and 
Chair of Albemarle Fairoaks 
Airport Limited. 

Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic ReportMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

70

71

Introduction to governance

Corporate governance report

Chair’s introduction

Dear Shareholder

I am delighted to present my first 
Corporate Governance review for 
Motorpoint. The aim of this report is 
to explain Motorpoint’s governance 
framework and outline how it was 
applied on a practical basis in the 
year under review – a year that has 
continued to be hugely challenging 
due to the COVID-19 pandemic 
and one that has required great 
adaptability, resourcefulness and 
governance strength in depth.

The Board’s role in setting the 
Group’s culture and core values is a 
significant one, and understanding 
the work being undertaken in this 
area has been a priority for me 
since being appointed. I have had 
in depth conversations with Mark 
Carpenter and the rest of the Board to 
understand how all Board members 
have given their time to supporting 
the management team, in various 
capacities, across the last year and 
formulating our plans for continuing 
to do so in FY23. FY22 has shown that 
this best enables a culture across 
the Group of agile decision making 

and speed of reaction to events, 
whilst maintaining the innovative 
drive that has been the hallmark of 
Motorpoint’s success to date. I am 
very proud of the work which has 
been carried out throughout FY22 
on employee wellbeing and the top 
down engagement with staff, which 
will ultimately lead to a better, more 
open working environment.

As a Board, we are conscious 
that we are accountable to all our 
shareholders and must have regard 
to other stakeholders such as 
employees, customers, suppliers 
and the environment. We maintain 
an active dialogue with shareholders 
throughout the year and listen to 
views of representatives of investors 
and financial institutions. We also 
welcome the opportunity to answer 
shareholders’ questions at our 2022 
Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’).

Board meetings have continued to 
be conducted in a hybrid format. 
This format has allowed for greater 
flexibility, and we will continue to 
operate in this way in the coming year.

ESG

We are committed to an ESG 
agenda which aims to exceed our 
stakeholders’ expectations. The past 
year has accelerated expectations for 
all companies to make good progress 
in this area, and to support our work 
in this area we have formed an ESG 
Committee to develop, implement  
and monitor our ESG strategy.  

This committee will also be 
responsible for overseeing and 
supporting stakeholder engagement 
on ESG matters.

Board changes

The only change to the Board over the 
past year relates to my appointment 
as Chair on 10 January 2022, following 
the retirement of Mark Morris.

Biographies for each of the current 
Directors are set out on pages 
68 and 69. The progress in talent 
development and diversity can be 
found on page 80.

Compliance statements 

Throughout the year ended 31 March 
2022, the Company has complied 
with the provisions as set out in the 
2018 Corporate Governance Code 
(the ‘2018 Code’) (a copy of which is 
available on the Financial Reporting 
Council’s website at www.frc.org.uk) 
in all respects. 

Our effectiveness 

Every year we perform a review of 
the effectiveness of the Board. The 
findings show that the work we do 
as a Board and in our committees 
continues to be effective. Our review 
also confirmed that our focus in the 
coming year should continue to be 
on strategy, stakeholder engagement 
and ensuring strong, consistent 
governance practices.

Board priorities 

Our priorities for next year are very 
much focused around building rapid 
but sustainable growth in the Group 
and delivering on our strategic plan 
with a strong governance underpin.

John Walden
Chair
15 June 2022

Board leadership  
and purpose
The role of the Board

The Board sets the Company’s 
strategic aims and ensures that the 
necessary resources are in place 
to allow the Company’s objectives 
to be met, in a way that enables 
sustainable long term growth. It is also 
responsible for corporate governance 
and the overall financial performance 
of the Group. The Board establishes 
the Company’s culture, values and 
ethics and it is important that the 
correct ‘tone from the top’ is set, with 
all Directors being required to devote 
sufficient time to their role. 

The current Board composition  
is the Chair, three independent  
Non-Executive Directors and  
two Executive Directors.

Roles and responsibilities
The Chair’s role

The Chair’s primary role is the 
leadership of the Board. He ensures 
that the Directors receive accurate, 
timely and clear information and 
is responsible for cultivating a 
boardroom culture of honesty and 
openness which encourages debate, 
challenge where appropriate, and 
enables the Non-Executive Directors 
to make an effective contribution.  
The Chair sets the Board’s agenda and 
ensures sufficient time is allocated for 
the discussion of all agenda items. 
The Chair also consults with the 
Non-Executive Directors, in particular 
the Senior Independent Director, on 
matters of corporate governance and 
ensures all Directors are made aware 
of any major shareholders’ issues and 
concerns. 

The Board is satisfied that the Chair 
fulfils his responsibilities of enabling 
the Board to make sound decisions.

Chief Executive Officer’s role

The Chief Executive Officer (‘CEO’) is 
responsible for the day to day running 
of the Group’s business and includes 
the development and implementation 
of strategy and of decisions made by 
the Board as well as the operational 
management of the Group.

Chief Financial Officer’s role

The Chief Financial Officer (‘CFO’) is 
responsible for the Group’s financial 
activities, including control, planning 
and reporting, and also contributes 
to the broader management of the 
Group’s business. The CFO supports 
the CEO with the development, 
implementation and tracking of  
the Group’s strategy. Chris Morgan  
is also the Company Secretary.

The Executive Directors (being the 
CEO and the CFO) attend committee 
meetings by invitation of the 
committee chair where appropriate.

Senior Independent Director’s 
role

The Senior Independent Director 
– currently Mary McNamara – acts 
as a sounding board to the Chair 
and serves as an intermediary for 
the other Directors when necessary. 
The Senior Independent Director is 
available to shareholders to assist 
with addressing concerns that may 
arise and meets with the other Non-
Executive Directors (excluding the 
Chair) at least once a year to review 
the performance of the Chair. This 
year, in compliance with the 2018 
Code, Mary McNamara served as 
Acting Chair of the Nomination 
Committee when the decision to 
recommend the successor to the 
incumbent Chair of the Board and 
of the Nomination Committee 
was made.

The Senior Independent Director also 
typically meets with Non-Executive 
Directors without the Chair present 
at least annually and conducts 
the annual appraisal of the Chair’s 
performance and provides feedback 
to the Chair on the outputs of that 
appraisal. Because our new Chair, 
John Walden, was appointed in the 
fourth quarter with little opportunity 
for feedback, this appraisal was not 
conducted in FY22. However, all 
Directors have the ability to raise any 
relevant views which they have with 
the Senior Independent Director if 
they feel this is warranted.

Independent Non-Executive 
Directors

The Non-Executive Directors bring 
independence, along with a broad 
mix of business skills, knowledge 
and experience to the Board. They 
provide an external perspective 
to Board discussions and are 
responsible for the scrutiny of the 
executive management on behalf 
of shareholders. The Non-Executive 
Directors constructively challenge 
Board discussions and help develop 
proposals on strategy. At least 
annually, the independent Directors 
meet without the presence of the 
Executive Directors.

The Board assessed its Chair, 
John Walden, as independent 
on appointment. John has no 
prior history with the Company 
and following an independence 
assessment prior to his nomination, 
the Board confirmed his 
independence.

Non-Executive Directors monitor the 
reporting of performance and ensure 
that the Company is operating within 
the governance and risk framework 
approved by the Board.

Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic ReportMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

72

73

Corporate governance report continued

The Company Secretary’s role

The Company Secretary ensures 
that effective communication 
flows between the Board and its 
committees and between senior 
management and the Non-Executive 
Directors. The Company Secretary 
is responsible for ensuring that 
the Board operates in accordance 
with the Company’s corporate 
governance framework. 

The appointment and removal of  
the Company Secretary is a matter  
for the whole Board.

Matters reserved for the Board 

In order to retain control of key 
decisions and ensure that there 
is a clear division of responsibility 
between the Board and the day to day 
running of the business, the Board 
has a formal schedule of matters 
reserved for its decision. These 
reserved matters include financial 
reporting, investment appraisal and 
risk management. The matters were 
reviewed by the Board during 2020  
to ensure they were aligned with  
the 2018 Code, and will be reviewed  
again in July 2022. 

Board committees

The Board operates several 
committees to support it in carrying 
out its duties. Further information 
about the work carried out by these 
committees can be found on the 
following pages:

•  Audit Committee (p.75)

•  Nominations Committee (p.79)

Key areas of focus during the  
year were: 

Internal control and  
risk management

Strategy

• 

In April 2021, the Board adopted 
a new strategic plan prompted 
by the rapid change in the car 
retail environment which included 
a changing landscape of how 
customers choose to buy cars. 
The Board reviewed progress 
against this plan regularly  
during the course of the year

• 

Investor relations and 
communications

•  Strategic growth opportunities 
such as the opening of new 
branches, technology and 
marketing investment, efficiencies 
and exploration of other growth 
opportunities

Financial

•  Approved the full year results 

announcement and the Annual 
Report for the 2021 financial year. 
In doing so, the Board considers 
that the Annual Report, taken 
as a whole, is fair, balanced and 
understandable, and provides 
the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the 
group’s and company’s position, 
performance, business model and 
strategy

•  Continued suspension of the 
payment of any dividends

•  Renewal and increase in stock 
financing and banking facilities 
with Lombard, Black Horse  
and Santander

•  Performed the annual review 

of the effectiveness of internal 
control, risk identification  
and mitigation

•  Carried out a robust assessment 
of the emerging and principal 
risks facing the Group. Further 
information on these principal 
risks, the procedures in place to 
identify emerging risks and how 
these are being managed or 
mitigated can be found on pages 
61 to 65

•  Approved the Viability Statement 
as disclosed in the Annual Report 
2021, which sets out that the 
Group will be able to continue in 
operation and meet its liabilities  
as  they fall due over the next 
three years

•  Through the Audit Committee, 
considered and approved the 
adoption of the going concern 
basis of accounting in preparing 
the half and full year results

•  Through the Audit Committee, 
made an assessment of the 
Group’s prospects over a  
three-year period

•  Through the Audit Committee, 

the Company’s first in house Head 
of Internal Audit and Risk was 
appointed in November 2021

•  Through the Audit Committee, 
approved a new related parties 
transactions policy and process

•  Remuneration Committee (p.82)

•  Budget for FY23

Board focus during the year

•  Half year results, full year  

The Board holds a number of 
scheduled meetings each year, 
including a strategy day which is 
usually held off site. Most meetings 
in FY22 were held via teleconference 
due to the COVID-19 pandemic, 
however where permitted, the 
Company did hold some in  
person this year.

results and trading updates 

•  Review of Group cash  

position and forecasting 

•  Monthly performance  
reporting and review

People, talent and culture

•  Appointment of a new  

Non-Executive Chair and Chair  
of the Nomination Committee

•  Succession planning and talent 
development for all senior roles

•  Reviewed the results of the 

engagement survey

•  Considered general employee 

wellness in light of the pandemic

•  Ensured safe and comfortable 

working environments

•  Reviewed and approved 

amendments to the Company’s  
all employee share plans 
(Sharesave; SIP)

•  Through the Remuneration 
Committee, approved an 
increased discount (to the HMRC 
maximum of 20%) of the option 
price under the Company’s HMRC 
approved Sharesave scheme 
open to all employees

Governance, compliance  
and ethics

•  Approved AGM business such  
as the Notice of Meeting and 
related ancillaries

•  Reviewed the internal Board 

evaluation process 

•  Assessed the independence  

of all Directors

•  Through the Remuneration 

Committee, introduced policies 
on the granting and vesting of 
equity awards and on bonuses

•  Began the process of establishing 

an ESG Committee

•  Approved the Modern Slavery  
Act statement, available on  
the Company’s website  
www.motorpointplc.com

Board independence  
and appointment terms

The Board has reviewed the 
independence of each Non-Executive 
Director and considers each of them 
to be independent of management 
and free from business or other 
relationships that could interfere 
with the exercise of independent 
judgement. The Company meets  
the requirement under Provision 11  
of the 2018 Code that at least half  
of the Board, excluding the Chair, are 
Non-Executive Directors whom the 
Board considers to be independent. 
The Board believes that any shares  
in the Company held personally by  
a member of the Board serves to  
align their interests with those of  
the shareholders.

The former chair, Mark Morris, 
and the CEO, Mark Carpenter, 
own approximately 9.6% and 9.8% 
respectively of the shares of the 
Company. Both Mark Morris and Mark 
Carpenter were considered by their 
fellow Directors to be independent 
in character and judgement in 
performing their respective duties 
during the periods of their tenure 
in the year. Mark Morris is no longer 
on the Board, but the Board is fully 
confident that, in the very unlikely 
event of a conflict emerging between 

Mark Carpenter’s duties as a Director 
and his interests as a shareholder, he 
would absent himself from the Board 
discussions in question (and the 
Board would ensure that he does so). 

The terms and conditions of 
appointment of the Non-Executive 
Directors are contained within their 
Letters of Appointment. The terms 
of appointment for the Directors 
confirm they are expected to devote 
such time as necessary for the 
proper performance of their duties. 
The Board reviews and approves as 
necessary any additional external 
appointments the Directors may  
look to obtain. 

The CEO and CFO do not currently 
have a non-executive directorship  
on any other listed company board. 

Board meetings 

The Board met regularly to discharge 
its duties effectively and held 
additional conference calls between 
the scheduled meetings as and when 
circumstances required. Directors 
are provided with meeting papers 
approximately one week in advance 
of each Board or committee meeting. 
Members of the Senior Leadership 
Team are regularly invited to attend 
Board meetings to present on their 
specific area of responsibility. 

Board and committee attendance FY22

The Board has regular scheduled meetings throughout the year. Directors’ 
attendance at Board and committee meetings during the year is outlined below:

Director

Mark Carpenter

Chris Morgan

Mark Morris (resigned  
10 January 2022)

John Walden (appointed  
10 January 2022)

Mary McNamara

Keith Mansfield

Adele Cooper

Board (14 
meetings) 

Audit 
Committee (3)

Nomination 
Committee (4) 

Remuneration 
Committee (4)

14

14

11/11

3/3

14

14

14

–

–

–

–

3

3

3

4

–

4

–

4

4

4

–

–

–

–

4

4

4

Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic ReportMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

74

75

Corporate governance report continued

Audit Committee report

Composition of the Board

INED/Executive split

Male/Female Split

INED

Executive

4

2

Male

Female

4

2

Annual General Meeting

The 2022 AGM will be held on 27 July 
2022. Based on current guidelines 
issued by the UK Government it will 
be possible to hold this year’s AGM 
in person, with shareholders present. 
However, given the constantly 
evolving nature of the situation in 
relation to the COVID-19 pandemic, 
shareholders are strongly encouraged 
to appoint the Chair of the meeting 
as their proxy and submit their voting 
instructions electronically in advance 
of the Meeting. 

The Notice convening the 2022 AGM 
will be circulated to shareholders 
separately, along with details on how 
shareholders can still raise questions 
to the Board in advance and follow 
the proceedings of the AGM remotely. 
We will ensure that shareholders are 
kept informed using the Notice of 
Meeting, our website, and relevant 
regulatory announcements in 
due course.

Conflicts of interest 

The Company’s Articles of 
Association, in line with the 
Companies Act 2006, allow the Board 
to authorise any potential conflicts 
of interest that may arise and impose 
limits or conditions as appropriate. 

The Board has a formal process for 
the Directors to disclose any conflicts 
of interest and any decision of the 
Board to authorise a conflict of 
interest is only effective if it is agreed 
without the conflicted Director(s) 
voting or without their votes being 
counted. In making such a decision, 
the Directors must act in a way they 
consider in good faith will be most 
likely to promote the success of the 
Group.

Independent advice 

The Directors may take independent 
professional advice, if necessary,  
at the Company’s expense. 

Board training and development 

Directors are continually updated  
on the Group’s business, the markets 
in which we operate and changes 
to the competitive and regulatory 
environments through presentations 
and briefings to the Board from 
Executive Directors and the Senior 
Leadership Team. 

Directors received briefings from 
the Company Secretary during the 
year on governance and compliance 
matters and relevant legislative 
changes. 

Relations with shareholders

All shareholders have access to  
the Chair and the Senior Non-
Executive Independent Director,  
who are available to discuss any 
questions which shareholders may 
have in relation to the running of  
the Company. 

The Board recognises the need 
to ensure that all Directors are 
fully aware of the views of major 
shareholders. Copies of all analysts’ 
research relating to the Company 
are circulated to Directors upon 
publication. The Company receives 
a monthly Investor Relations report 
which includes an analysis of the 
Company’s shareholder register.

John Walden
Chair
15 June 2022 

Audit Committee  
Chair’s Statement

Risk management and internal control continues to be a priority topic for the 
Group, ensuring Motorpoint can respond with pace and robustly to economic 
uncertainty and the residual effects of the pandemic. Risk management processes 
have been further strengthened in the year and the internal audit function has been 
successfully expanded representing the achievement of key objectives in respect 
of risk and internal control for the Group.”

Committee Governance 

Committee membership 

During the year the Committee 
comprised:

Keith Mansfield (Chair)

Adele Cooper 

Mary McNamara

The Committee met three times 
during the year and attendance is 
set out in the table on page 73.

Keith Mansfield
Audit Committee Chair

Dear Shareholder

I am pleased to present the report 
of the Audit Committee (the 
‘Committee’) for FY22. The principal 
purpose of this report is to look 
back over the financial year ended 
31 March 2022 and describe the 
Committee’s responsibilities and 
activities during the year.

The Committee fulfils an important 
oversight role, monitoring the 
effectiveness of the Group’s 
system of internal control and 
risk management framework and 
reviewing the integrity of the Group’s 
financial reporting. The principal 
role of the Committee is to assist 
the Board in fulfilling its oversight 
responsibilities in relation to financial 
reporting and financial controls. 

As Chair of the Committee, my 
principal objective is to ensure the 
soundness and effectiveness of the 
Group’s systems and controls. Risk 
management and internal control 
continues to be a priority topic for 
the Group, ensuring Motorpoint 
can respond with pace and robustly 
to economic uncertainty and the 
residual effects of the pandemic. Risk 
management processes have been 
further strengthened in the year and 
the internal audit function has been 
successfully expanded, representing 
the achievement of key objectives in 
respect of risk and internal control for 
the Group. 

We are aware of the 
recommendations made by 
Lord Brydon in his report of the 
independent review into the quality 
and effectiveness of audit’ and 
continue to monitor developments 
in relation to the proposed Audit, 
Reporting and Governance Authority 
(‘ARGA’). Our future assurance plans 
embrace these recommendations 
and include formalising our first audit 
and assurance policy, which will set 
out our three-year strategy over audit 
and assurance for the Group. The 
new policy is currently in the planning 
phase and is set to be reviewed by 
the Audit Committee in FY23. 

Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic ReportMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

76

77

Audit Committee report continued

The impacts of COVID-19 were 
significantly reduced during the 
year and the future possibilities 
of lockdowns, restrictions and 
mandatory isolation periods, all of 
which could impact the operations 
of the Group, appear to be reduced. 
This has represented an opportunity 
for renewed focus on strategic risks 
and objectives. The Group now has 
regular third line assurance work 
performed, provided by the work 
of the newly expanded internal 
audit function. 

I would like to thank my colleagues on 
the Committee for their contribution 
during this year and extend my 
thanks to our colleagues within the 
business who have contributed 
immensely towards the successful 
navigation through a year with 
continued operational challenges 
and uncertainty. 

Committee composition  
and membership 

The Committee currently comprises 
three independent Non-Executive 
Directors.

previous roles, having worked at 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP  
(‘PwC’) for 30 years. 

At the invitation of the Chair of the 
Committee, the Chair, CEO and CFO 
attended all meetings during the year 
in order to maintain effective and 
open communications. 

The external auditors, PwC, attend 
meetings of the Committee and 
have direct access to the Committee 
should they wish to raise any 
concerns outside of the formal 
Committee meetings.

Role of the Committee

The role and responsibilities of 
the Committee are set out in its 
terms of reference which are 
available on the Company’s website 
motorpointplc.com. The key 
objectives of the Committee are to 
review and report to the Board and 
shareholders on the Group’s financial 
reporting, internal control and risk 
management systems, and on the 
independence and effectiveness  
of the external auditor. 

During the year, the following 
members served on the Committee:

Further details on the responsibilities 
of the Committee are as follows: 

•  Keith Mansfield (Chair)

•  Adele Cooper

•  Mary McNamara 

The Committee met three times 
during the year and attendance is  
set out in the table on page 79.

The Board believes that the members 
of the Committee as a whole have 
competence relevant to the sector 
in which the Group operates, gained 
from their respective external roles, 
previous and present. Biographical 
details of Committee members are 
set out on pages 68 and 69.

In particular, the Board has identified 
me as the member of the Committee 
having recent and relevant financial 
experience for the purposes of 
the 2018 Code. I have a wealth of 
accounting experience from my 

•  Monitor the financial reporting 
process including the review 
of the integrity of the financial 
statements of the Company, 
including its annual and half year 
financial results. Other formal 
announcements relating to 
financial performance or financial 
information contained in certain 
other documents is reviewed 
by the Board and therefore 
not specifically discussed by 
the Committee; 

•  Review and assess the Annual 

Report in order to determine 
whether it can advise the Board 
that, taken as a whole, the Annual 
Report is fair, balanced and 
understandable, and provides 
shareholders with the information 
they need to assess the 
Company’s position, performance, 
business model and strategy;

•  Review reports from the internal 

audit function;

•  Monitor the statutory audit of 

the annual and the consolidated 
financial statements;

•  Review significant financial 

reporting issues;

•  Recommend to the Board the 
reappointment of the external 
auditor and approve their 
remuneration and terms of 
engagement; and

•  Monitor and review the external 
auditor’s independence and 
objectivity and the effectiveness 
of the external audit process, 
including considering relevant 
UK professional and regulatory 
requirements and the 
appropriateness of the provision by 
the auditors of non-audit services.

The terms of reference authorise the 
Committee to obtain independent 
legal or other professional advice  
at the Company’s expense. 

Activities 

The Committee reviewed the 
following items since the last report:

•  Annual Report and Accounts to  
31 March 2022 and half year 
results to 30 September 2021;

•  Chair met and had discussions 
with PwC as part of the audit 
process;

•  External audit plan and review  

of effectiveness; 

•  Non-audit services policy 

(‘NAS’) and reached a general 
presumption that PwC is not 
best placed to offer NAS so as to 
safeguard their independence; 

•  The Group’s prospects (going 

concern and viability); 

•  Tax and treasury policy;

•  Corporate risk assessment 

including review of the key risks, 
risk management activities and 
emerging risks;

• 

Findings from the external auditor 
on the FY22 year end audit; 

• 

Findings from initial risk 
assessments performed by 
internal audit and the internal 
audit plan for FY23; and

•  Considered the letter from the 
Financial Reporting Council’s 
review of the 2021 Annual Report, 
which did not identify any 
notable concerns. Some minor 
observations were raised which 
have been addressed in this  
year’s report.

Financial reporting

The primary role of the Committee 
in relation to financial reporting is 
to review with both management 
and the external auditor, and report 
to the Board the appropriateness 
of the annual financial statements, 
considering amongst other matters: 

•  Clarity of the disclosures and 
compliance with financial 
reporting standards and relevant 
financial and governance 
reporting requirements; 

•  Areas in which significant 

judgements have been applied, 
including discussions with 
appropriate challenge on such 
matters undertaken with the 
external auditors; and 

•  Whether the Annual Report, taken 
as a whole, is fair, balanced and 
understandable, and provides 
the information necessary 
for shareholders to assess 
the Company’s performance, 
business model and strategy. 
The statement incorporating the 
conclusion of this assessment  
is included later in this section.

In addition to the above, the 
Committee supports the Board in 
completing its assessment on the 
adoption of the going concern basis 
of preparing the financial statements. 
Furthermore, as part of the 
Committee’s responsibility to provide 
advice to the Board on the long term 
viability statement, the Committee 
performed a robust review of the 

process and underlying assessment 
of the Group’s longer term prospects 
made by management.

Significant matters considered by 
the Committee in relation to the 
financial statements 

In the preparation and final approval 
of the financial statements, 
the Committee discussed with 
management the key sources of 
estimation and critical accounting 
judgements. The Committee 
considered the following significant 
issues in relation to the FY22 financial 
statements: 

• 

Inventory Valuation: Inventory is 
valued at the lower of cost and 
net realisable value. Margins 
on vehicles have increased in 
FY22 due to a global shortage 
of semiconductors resulting 
in a reduction of the supply of 
new vehicles, this in turn has 
pushed demand, and therefore 
price, up for used cars. There is 
a risk that the solving of supply 
shortages could lead to selling 
prices reducing below cost and 
so require a provision against 
inventory cost. A provision is 
included based on historical and 
forecast sales and potential net 
realisable value. The Committee 
is comfortable based on 
performance subsequent to 
the year end that the level of 
inventory provision is appropriate.

Annual Report

The Committee has undertaken a 
review and assessment of the Annual 
Report in order to determine whether 
it can advise the Board that, taken 
as a whole, the Annual Report is 
fair, balanced and understandable, 
and provides shareholders with the 
information they need to assess the 
Company’s position, performance, 
business model and strategy. 

In doing this the Committee 
considered the following: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the description of the business is 
consistent with the Committee’s 
own understanding;

the narrative of the strategic 
report fairly reflects the 
performance of the Group over 
the period reported on;

that there is a clear and well 
articulated link between all areas 
of disclosure including going 
concern and viability; and

the findings from the external 
auditor as part of the FY22 year 
end audit.

All relevant issues relating to the 
Annual Report were fully discussed at 
the Committee meeting in June 2022.

The Committee has concluded that 
the Annual Report, taken as a whole, 
is fair, balanced and understandable 
and that it can advise the Board as 
required by the 2018 Code and other 
relevant rules and regulations. 

Going concern and viability 
statement 

The Company is required to include 
statements in its Annual Report 
relating to going concern and 
viability. The Committee reviewed and 
discussed a report from management 
and concluded that the financial 
statements can be prepared on a 
going concern basis and that there 
is a reasonable expectation that the 
Group will be able to continue in 
operation and meet its liabilities as 
they fall due over the next three years. 

The Directors assessed the prospects 
of the Group over a three-year 
period, which reflects the budget 
and planning cycle adopted by 
the Group. The assessment of the 
Group’s prospects, together with the 
Group’s going concern and Viability 
Statement, are set out on pages 103 
and 60 respectively of the Corporate 
Governance report.

Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic ReportMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

78

79

Audit Committee report continued

Nomination Committee report

The Committee concluded that PwC 
provided an effective, independent 
and objective audit and that the 
Committee was therefore satisfied 
that it had obtained a high quality 
audit. The Committee agreed 
to recommend to the Board the 
reappointment of PwC as the Group’s 
external auditor and a resolution to 
this effect will be proposed at the 
2022 AGM.

Non-audit services

To further safeguard the 
independence and objectivity of the 
external auditor, non-audit services 
provided by the external auditor are 
considered, and where appropriate 
authorised, by the Committee in 
accordance with a non-audit services 
policy. This policy limits the amount 
and type of services undertaken 
by our auditor. Permitted services 
are subject to a cap of 70% of the 
average of the fees paid for the 
statutory audits over a three-year 
period. 

There were no non-audit fees for  
the year ended 31 March 2022.

Keith Mansfield
Audit Committee Chair
15 June 2022

Internal audit

External auditor effectiveness 

The Committee conducts an 
annual external audit effectiveness 
review each year which examines 
the auditor’s independence, the 
audit planning process, audit 
approach and delivery, audit team 
expertise and experience, resources, 
responsiveness and communication 
in respect of the financial year 
audit. In order to discharge this 
responsibility the Committee  
followed the process outlined below.

•  The terms, areas of responsibility, 
duties and scope of work of the 
external auditor as set out in the 
engagement letter are reviewed  
at the Committee meetings;

•  The Committee discusses and 

agrees at the planning stage the 
draft list of specific risks to audit 
effectiveness and quality (specific 
audit quality risks);

•  The Committee assesses audit 
planning work in respect of 
specific audit quality risks;

•  The narrative of the Strategic 
Report fairly reflecting the 
performance of the Group  
over the period reported on;

•  All Committee members, key 

members of management, and 
those who regularly provide 
input into the Committee provide 
feedback on how well PwC 
performed the year end audit; and

•  The feedback and conclusions 
are discussed, along with the 
conclusion regarding specific 
audit risks, with an overall 
conclusion on audit effectiveness 
reached. Any opportunities for 
improvement are brought to the 
attention of the external auditor.

A Head of Internal Audit and Risk 
was appointed in November 2021 
following the FY21 decision that the 
structure of the function should be 
expanded. At each meeting, the 
Committee receives a report from 
internal audit detailing the findings 
from completed reviews conducted 
during the period, including the status 
of agreed management actions to 
strengthen internal controls. 

The initial focus for the function has 
been to:

•  conduct a series of risk 

assessments across the Group; 

•  developing a risk based audit plan 
to provide third line assurance 
over the effectiveness of the 
Group’s internal controls; and

•  conduct assurance work per the 

risk based plan.

The internal audit approach has been 
reviewed by the Committee, with the 
audit plan approved in January 2022 
which is to be delivered throughout 
FY23. 

External auditor
Independence

There are a number of robust policies 
in place, all of which aim to safeguard 
the independence of the external 
auditor. In accordance with best 
practice, the external audit contract will 
be put out to tender every ten years, 
with the next retender due no later 
than the year ending 31 March 2027. 

In accordance with the Auditing 
Practices Board standards, the lead 
audit partner at PwC will be rotated 
every five years to ensure continuing 
independence. Mark Skedgel, the 
current audit partner, assumed this 
responsibility for the year ended 
31 March 2020.

There are no contractual obligations 
that restrict the Company’s choice  
of external auditor. 

Nomination Committee  
Chair’s Statement

Committee Governance 

Committee membership  
and attendance

During the year the Committee 
comprised:

Mark Morris  
(Chair until 10 January 2022)

John Walden  
(Chair from 10 January 2022)

Adele Cooper 

Keith Mansfield

Mark Carpenter

Mary McNamara

The Committee met four times 
during the year and attendance is 
set out in the table on page 73.

Dear Shareholder

I am pleased to present the report 
of the Nomination Committee (the 
‘Committee’) for FY22. Typically, this 
report would be presented by the 
Committee’s Chair, but since the most 
important work of the year related 
to the change of the chair, as Senior 
Independent Director and in keeping 
with the spirit of the 2018 Code, it is my 
pleasure to present the report this year. 
I would like to take the opportunity, 
on behalf of the Board, to place on 
record our thanks to Mark Morris for his 
work with the Board and leadership of 
Motorpoint from 2011 to 2022.

The Nomination Committee keeps 
under regular review the structure 
and composition of the Board and 
its committees and ensures that the 
Board has the appropriate balance 
of skills, expertise and experience to 
support the Company and ensure the 
appropriate corporate governance 
standards and practices are in place. 

In FY22, the Committee continued 
to focus on ensuring that the Board 
is composed of members with the 
appropriate balance of skills, expertise 
and experience to support the 
Company and ensure the appropriate 
corporate governance standards and 
practices are in place. This included 
the search for and recommendation 
of our new Chair of the Board and 
of the Nomination Committee, 
John Walden.

The Committee regularly reviews the 
diversity of the Board, its committees 
and senior management, as part 
of the Board evaluation process. 
Issues of diversity and inclusion are 
considered by the Board directly due 
to their significance and importance 
within the business. I believe the 
Company will be more successful if 
it creates an inclusive and supportive 
culture where every individual, of 
any identity, from any background, 
feels they can be their authentic self 
at work. Further details on diversity 
within the business can be found 
within the Strategic Report on pages 
49 and 50.

The Committee carried out an 
internally facilitated review of its 
effectiveness and the output was 
discussed by the Committee. This 
concluded that the Board was 
operating effectively. The Committee 
will also oversee any new diversity 
and inclusion initiatives for FY22.

All Directors are subject to election 
or re-election to the Board by 
shareholders on an annual basis  
at the Company’s AGM. 

The Chair, on behalf of the Board, has 
confirmed each Director continues  
to be an effective member of the 
Board and will stand for election  
or re-election at the 2022 AGM.

Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic ReportMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

80

Nomination Committee report continued

Committee responsibilities

Activities of the Committee

Diversity and inclusion 

2022 Board and Committee Effectiveness Review

81

The Committee is responsible for: 

•  Board composition: The 

Committee considers the balance 
of skills, diversity, knowledge 
and experience of the Board 
and its committees and reviews 
the Board’s structure, size and 
composition, including the time 
commitment required from 
Non-Executive Directors; 

•  Board nominations: The 
Committee leads on the 
recruitment and appointment 
process for Directors and makes 
recommendations regarding any 
adjustments to the composition  
of the Board; 

•  Succession planning: 

The Committee proposes 
recommendations to the Board 
for the continuation in service of 
each Director and ensures that 
the Board is well prepared for 
changes to its composition and 
that appropriate succession  
plans are in place. 

The Committee has formal terms  
of reference which are available 
on the Company’s website 
motorpointplc.com. 

The Board recognises the importance 
of diversity and inclusion in the 
boardroom and seeks to recruit 
Directors with varied backgrounds, 
skills and experience. Appointments 
are made on merit and against 
objective criteria, taking account of 
the skills, experience and expertise 
of candidates. 

At the year end there were two female 
members of the Board, representing 
33% of the Board, which meets the 
33% target for FTSE 350 boards set 
by the Hampton-Alexander Review. 
The Board aims to retain or improve 
this level in the future and look to 
improve on other areas of diversity 
too, including ethnicity and the 
recommendations set out by the 
Parker Review. 

The Board’s composition and 
size is kept under review by the 
Nomination Committee in order 
to retain an appropriate balance 
of skills, experience, diversity and 
knowledge of the Group. The Board 
also recognises the importance 
of diversity and inclusion at senior 
management level. The Group’s 
Senior Leadership Team, who are 
direct reports to the CEO, is made up 
of seven members including the CEO 
and CFO. There are 43 direct reports 
to the Senior Leadership Team for 
the purposes of Hampton-Alexander 
Reporting. Information on initiatives 
on diversity and inclusion can be 
found in the People section of the 
Strategic Report on page 49.

During the year the main activities  
of the Committee were as follows:

•  Oversaw the appointment of the 
new Chair of the Board and of  
the Nomination Committee; and

•  Supported the Executive team 
in considering strategic hires of 
senior executives in light of the 
changing industry landscape, 
including the appointment of a 
first ever Chief Digital Officer in 
February 2022.

Chair recruitment process

The Nomination Committee oversaw 
the search and appointment of a new 
Chair to replace Mark Morris who 
announced in November his plan to 
retire from the Company in January 
2022. The process, which was agreed 
in advance by the Committee, was 
thorough and inclusive. An external 
search led by digital executive search 
firm, The Up Group, was followed 
by an interview process which gave 
the Non-Executive Directors the 
opportunity to meet shortlisted 
candidates.Following the interviews, 
the Nomination Committee met to 
discuss feedback on each candidate 
and was unanimous in its final 
selection and recommendation to the 
Board that John Walden be appointed 
as Chair of the Board and of the 
Nomination Committee with effect 
from 10 January 2022.

Composition of the Board as at 
31 March 2022

INED/Executive split

Chair

INED (excluding the Chair)

Executive

Male/female split

Male

Female

1

3

2

4

2

The Board undertakes a formal evaluation of its performance, and that of each Director, on an annual basis. The principal 
committees of the Board undertake an annual evaluation of their effectiveness, in accordance with their terms of 
reference. In early 2022, an internally facilitated evaluation of the Board and its committees, which took the form of a 
questionnaire, was circulated to the relevant Board members. The questionnaire sought input on a range of matters 
including composition and diversity of the Board, senior leadership succession, review of strategic plans and the 
adequacy of the information in Board papers.

The results of the internal review were circulated to members of the Board and its recommendations were discussed  
and adopted at the March 2022 Board meeting. A number of actions were identified as set out in the below table. 

Issue/Recommendation

Action

Stakeholder engagement

Company secretarial support

Quality of Board papers

Stakeholder engagement will be further enhanced through the development 
of a structured and suitable programme of events, meetings and/or forums to 
ensure regular, quality dialogue between the Board and stakeholders. Specific 
focus will be given to understanding stakeholder views on ESG matters to ensure 
alignment with the Company’s ESG strategy.

The Board will regularly review the list of identified stakeholders to ensure it 
remains relevant. 

The Company Secretary has had varying levels of interim company secretarial 
support through the year. The level of support required will be monitored to 
ensure good governance practices are consistently followed.

The new Chair and Company Secretary to review the information provided 
in operational reports to ensure that the quality of Board papers addresses 
the appropriate topics and has sufficient level of detail. A new format will be 
introduced for all Board papers to clearly identify the purpose and the ask of 
Board members in each case.

Externally facilitated Board evaluation

External Board evaluation to be sought during FY23.

The Board is satisfied that each Director continues to contribute effectively to the Board and the Board’s committees.

Election or re-election of Directors 

In compliance with the 2018 Code, all of the current Directors will stand for re-election at the forthcoming AGM.  
In addition, John Walden will stand for first election at the AGM. Following the annual evaluation of the Board and 
its committees, and the recruitment process for John Walden, the Board has determined that all Directors standing 
for election or re-election at the AGM continue to be effective, hold recent and relevant experience and continue to 
demonstrate commitment to the role. 

Biographical details of each Director standing for election or re-election will be set out in the Notice of AGM.

Mary McNamara
Senior Independent Director
On behalf of the Nomination Committee Chair
15 June 2022

Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic ReportMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

82

83

Remuneration Committee report

Remuneration Committee  
Chair’s Statement

Committee Governance 

Committee membership

During the year the Committee 
comprised:

Mary McNamara (Chair)

Adele Cooper 

Keith Mansfield

The Committee met four times 
during the year and attendance is 
set out in the table on page 73.

Dear Shareholder

I am pleased to present the 
Company’s Directors’ Remuneration 
Report for the financial year ended  
31 March 2022.

Board changes

In January 2022, Mark Morris retired 
from the Board and stepped down 
from his role as Non-Executive Chair.

We were delighted that John Walden 
joined the Board as our Non-Executive 
Chair and Chair of our Nomination 
Committee on 10 January 2022. 
Recognising alternative opportunities 
open to John at the time of his joining 
Motorpoint, the Committee agreed to 
a first year fee of £300,000, £100,000 
of which has been used to invest 
in Company shares, plus an annual 
fee of £200,000 per year, which will 
be the fee level after the first year. 
John has also agreed to purchase 
£200,000 worth of shares within the 
first year of joining, which he will hold 
for the duration of his tenure. He will 
receive no other fees. 

Performance for FY22 and 
remuneration outcomes

Following the return to more normal 
trading conditions early in FY22, the 
Group enjoyed an excellent year, with 
internal targets being exceeded. In 
addition to financial measures, strong 
progress was made against strategic 
objectives, with three new branches 

opened, the development of the 
digital first car buying service and the 
upgrade of the Auction4Cars.com 
platform to operate as an automated 
marketplace. NPS (which measures 
customer satisfaction) was a record 
84. As a consequence of these 
achievements, the Committee agreed 
that a significant majority of the 
eligible bonus (93.8%) relating to 
FY22 be paid.  

Mark Carpenter’s PSP award granted 
in July 2019 was subject to 50% on 
EPS growth targets and 50% on 
market share growth of 0-2 year old 
vehicles measured over the three-
year period to 31 March 2022. Due to 
COVID-19, as well as other external 
influences, EPS grew by 2%, and 
market share fell by 7.2% (both based 
on compound annual growth rate).  
As a result of the threshold targets not 
being met, the award will lapse in full. 

In accordance with our Executive 
Remuneration Policy, we encourage 
financial and operational performance 
and align the interests of Directors 
with the Company strategy through 
an annual bonus. Annual bonuses are 
payable at the sole of discretion of 
the Committee, which has the ability 
to adjust the formula driven outturn 
of the annual bonus calculation. 
Performance will normally be based 
on a mix of financial and operational 
measures aligned to the strategic 
objectives of the business.  

The table below provides a summary of total remuneration for the Executive Directors for FY22.

Mark Carpenter

Chris Morgan

350

255

2

2

35

8

329

240

262

191

978

696

Salary (£’000) Benefits (£’000)

Pension (£’000)

Bonus (£’000)

RSA (£’000)

Total (£’000)

In relation to share based incentives, 
senior managers participate in a 
Restricted Shares plan, with shares 
awarded linked to performance and 
service, which must be held for the 
long term.

The Board did not engage with the 
workforce in FY22 to explain the 
alignment between executive pay 
and that of the workforce generally 
but will review how best do so in the 
coming year. 

Shareholder views

The Committee values the views of 
the Company’s shareholders and 
takes into account guidance from 
shareholder representative bodies. 

Shareholder feedback received in 
relation to the AGM, as well as any 
additional feedback received during 
the year, will be considered as part 
of the Company’s annual review. 
Before any significant changes to 
the Policy are proposed, the Chair 
of the Committee will discuss these 
changes with the Company’s major 
shareholders to ensure that the Policy 
remains supportive of their interests. 
The Committee consulted extensively 
in relation to the remuneration policy 
approved in 2020 and changes were 
made to incorporate shareholders’ 
feedback and again in relation to the 
salary increase for the CEO.

Mary McNamara
Remuneration Committee Chair
15 June 2022

Performance targets were previously 
based on the Company’s strategy of 
targeting the 0-3 year old car market. 
However,  the reduced supply of new 
vehicles led the Company to revise 
its core offering to the 0-4 year old 
car market and thereby ensuring 
sustainable business growth. As 
such, it is deemed appropriate for 
performance targets in respect of 
the annual bonus to be aligned to 
this change and performance has 
therefore been measured against 
relevant thresholds for the 0-4 year 
old car market. The Committee is 
satisfied that the use of discretion has 
resulted in revised targets that are 
equally as challenging as the original 
targets set. 

The Committee is comfortable that 
the Policy has operated as intended 
and that remuneration is appropriate 
taking into account the use of 
discretion for the annual bonus, 
the CEO pay ration for FY22 and 
the performance delivered during 
the year.

Application of the Policy for FY23

Salary increases for both Executive 
Directors will be in line with the 
increase for the workforce of 3% 
of salary.

The annual bonus opportunity will 
remain at 100% of salary and will be 
based on PBT, market share growth, 
customer satisfaction and employee 
engagement metrics. In addition, 
we will introduce an environmental 
metric based on sales of electric 
vehicles, and also set individual 
targets in line with the Company’s 
strategic objectives, including as 
appropriate, relating to digitisation of 
the business and Auction4Cars.com. 

Restricted Share awards will be 
made at 75% of salary level for both 
Executive Directors.

The Committee is kept aware of 
the latest developments in the 
executive pay arena, particularly 
those recommended by institutional 
shareholders and we monitor these 
closely. We believe that Motorpoint’s 
approach to remuneration is 
appropriate and represents a fair 
balance between shareholder and 
management interests. 

On behalf of all of my colleagues on 
the Committee, I hope that you will 
support the resolution approving the 
Annual report on remuneration at this 
year’s AGM.

Consideration of pay conditions 
within the wider team

When making decisions on executive 
remuneration, the Committee takes 
into account pay conditions for the 
Company as a whole, although it 
has not, to date, consulted directly 
with employees on this subject. The 
Committee will review its approach 
to engaging with employees 
on remuneration matters and in 
particular to explain how the pay for 
senior executives aligns to the pay 
practices for the workforce generally. 

The Group has a strong ‘team culture’ 
and accordingly there is consistency 
in how packages are structured 
across the whole Senior Leadership 
Team, with all Executive Directors and 
senior managers participating in the 
same annual incentive plan. 

However, there are some differences 
in the structure of the remuneration 
policy for the Executive Directors 
compared with other senior 
managers, which the Committee 
believes are necessary to reflect 
the different levels of responsibility. 
The two main differences are the 
increased emphasis on performance 
related pay for Executive Directors 
(through a higher variable pay 
opportunity) and a greater focus 
on long term alignment (through 
additional holding periods for the long 
term incentive awards and minimum 
shareholding guidelines). 

Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic ReportMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

84

Remuneration policy

Directors’ remuneration policy 

Compliance statement 

This section of the report details the 
Remuneration Policy for Executive 
Directors. The Policy was approved  
at the 2020 AGM on 24 August  
2020 and is effective for up to three 
years from this date. A copy of the 
Policy can be found within the 2020 
Annual Report and Accounts at  
www.motorpointplc.com.

This report has been prepared in 
accordance with the provisions of the 
Companies Act 2006 and Schedule 
8 of the Large and Medium-sized 
Companies and Groups (Accounts 
and Reports) (Amendment) 
Regulations 2013 (Regulations). It 
also meets the requirements of the 
UK Listing Authority’s Listing Rules 

and the Disclosure and Transparency 
Rules. The sections of the 
Remuneration Report that are subject 
to audit are marked as Audited 
Information. The remaining sections 
of the Remuneration Report are not 
subject to audit. 

A breakdown of all elements of the Executive Remuneration Policy and an explanation of how they operate can be found 
in the table below:

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Performance Measurement

Maximum Opportunity

Base salary

To aid the recruitment of 
Executive Directors of a 
suitable calibre for the role 
and to provide a core level  
of reward to reflect the 
duties required.

Benefits

To provide a market 
competitive benefits 
package for the executives 
to aid recruitment and 
retention.

Pension

To provide market 
competitive pension 
arrangements for the 
executives and to aid 
recruitment and retention.

Base salaries will normally be 
reviewed annually by the Committee 
with any increases typically taking 
effect from 1 April each year.

Base salary levels are set at a 
level to reflect the experience, 
skills and responsibilities of the 
individual as well as the scope 
and scale of their role. 

While there is no maximum 
salary, increases will normally 
be in line with the typical level 
of increase awarded to other 
employees of the Group. 

The benefits offered to Executive 
Directors comprise family medical 
insurance and company car. 

The Committee may offer an 
equivalent cash allowance instead  
if it feels it is more suitable.

Other reasonable benefits may be 
offered as appropriate (including, in 
exceptional circumstances, relocation 
and/or disturbance allowances). 

Executive Directors may also be 
reimbursed for any reasonable 
expenses incurred in performing their 
duties, and any income tax payable 
thereon.

Executive Directors are eligible for a 
contribution to the Group personal 
pension plan, or any other nominated 
personal pension fund.

Where appropriate, Executive 
Directors may instead receive a cash 
allowance in lieu of formal pension 
contributions, or a combination  
of both.

Increases to base salary will 
reflect the performance of the 
individual and Company and 
external indicators such as 
inflation. 

For details of the current base 
salary levels for the Executive 
Directors see page 97.

Not applicable.

There is no maximum limit on the 
value of the benefits provided 
but the Committee monitors the 
total cost of the benefit provision 
on a regular basis.

Not applicable.

10% of base salary for the CEO. 
At the end of this policy period 
the pension contribution for all 
Executive Directors will reduce 
to the same percentage that 
applies to the majority of the 
workforce. The pension for the 
CFO, appointed in January 2021, 
is 3% of salary.

For new appointments, pension 
contribution will be aligned to 
the contribution available to  
the majority of the workforce. 

85

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Performance Measurement

Maximum Opportunity

Annual bonus

To encourage improved 
financial and operational 
performance and align 
the interests of Directors 
with the short term 
Company strategy.

Executive Directors are eligible for 
bonuses, payable in cash, on an 
annual basis. Bonus payments are 
subject to the achievement of annual 
performance targets.

Performance will normally be 
based on a mix of financial and 
operational measures aligned 
to the strategic objectives of 
the business. 

100% of salary.

Financial performance will 
usually be represented by PBT 
targets, although the Committee 
reserves the right to include 
other measures in support of the 
Company strategy as it sees fit. 

Stretching performance targets 
will be determined taking into 
account internal and external 
forecasts, and will be set out 
on a retrospective basis in the 
Annual Report on Remuneration, 
unless considered to still be 
commercially sensitive.

In order for Restricted Shares 
to vest, the Remuneration 
Committee must be satisfied 
that business performance is 
robust and sustainable and that 
management has strengthened 
the business. In assessing 
this performance condition, 
the Committee will consider 
financial and non-financial 
KPIs of the business as well 
as delivery against strategic 
priorities. To the extent it is not 
satisfied that this performance 
condition is met, the Committee 
may scale back the level of 
vested awards including to zero. 
This performance assessment 
will take place at the end of the 
third year.

Normally 75% of salary.

However, an individual maximum 
of 100% of salary may apply in 
exceptional circumstances.

Annual bonuses are payable at the 
sole discretion of the Committee.  
The Committee has discretion to 
adjust the formula driven outturn  
of the annual bonus calculation.

All bonus payments are subject 
to appropriate recovery and 
withholding arrangements.

Long term incentives – Restricted Shares

To encourage improved 
financial and operational 
performance and align the 
interests of Directors with 
the long term Company 
strategy and the interests 
of shareholders through 
share ownership.

Restricted Shares will be granted 
to Executive Directors and selected 
Senior Managers.

Awards will normally be granted 
following the publication of the 
Company’s annual results each year.

Restricted Shares may normally 
vest no sooner than 50%, 25% and 
25% over three, four and five years 
from grant, subject to service, and 
subject to an underpinning financial 
performance condition. 

Awards are additionally subject to a 
post vesting holding period during 
which time vested shares may not be 
sold (other than for tax) before five 
years from grant. 

This holding period will continue  
post cessation of employment (to  
the extent that awards do not lapse). 

The Committee may determine that 
dividend equivalents will accrue over 
the vesting/holding period.

Vesting of awards is at the sole 
discretion of the Committee and the 
Committee may reduce the level of 
the award after grant and at vesting, 
if it considers that it is appropriate 
to do so. 

Restricted Shares are subject 
to recovery and withholding 
arrangements.

Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic ReportMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

86

87

Not applicable.

Not applicable.

Remuneration Policy for Non-Executive Directors

The table below sets out how pay is structured for the Non-Executive Directors.

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Performance Measurement

Maximum Opportunity

Remuneration policy continued

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Performance Measurement

Maximum Opportunity

Not applicable.

In line with statutory limits.

All employee share plans

To align the interests 
of Directors and other 
employees with those of the 
shareholders through share 
ownership.

The Company has adopted employee 
share plans in which the Executive 
Directors are eligible to participate 
on the same terms as all other 
employees.

Shareholding guidelines

To align the interests of 
Directors with those of the 
shareholders through share 
ownership.

All Executive Directors are required 
to build and maintain a shareholding 
equivalent in value to 200% of their 
annual base salary. 

Until this guideline is met, Directors 
must retain half of any Restricted 
Shares that vest (after payment of tax 
and national insurance contributions). 

Post cessation of employment, 
Executives will be required to retain 
the lower of the shareholding 
requirement (200% of salary) or the 
actual shares they hold on cessation 
of employment for a period of two 
years. Any future purchases of 
shares by the Executives will be 
excluded from this requirement. 
The Committee has discretion to 
amend the requirement in certain 
circumstances as it considers 
appropriate.

Choice of performance measures

The Committee retains flexibility as to the choice of performance measures for future annual bonus and PSP award cycles. 
Measures will be selected as appropriate to reflect the business strategy and to ensure the delivery of sound financial 
performance. The current performance measures are disclosed in the Annual report on remuneration, together with the 
link to the business strategy.

Incentive plan operation

The Committee will operate the Company’s incentive plans according to their respective rules and consistent with normal 
market practice, the Listing Rules and HMRC rules where relevant, including flexibility in a number of regards. 

This includes timing of awards, dealing with leavers and making adjustments to awards following acquisitions, disposals, 
changes in share capital and other merger and acquisition activity. The Committee also retains the ability to adjust the 
targets and/or set different measures for the annual bonus plan and outstanding PSP awards if events occur which cause 
it to determine that the conditions are no longer appropriate and the amendment is required so that the conditions 
achieve their original purpose and are not materially less difficult to satisfy. The Committee may adjust the formula driven 
outturn of the annual bonus calculation in the event it considers that the outturn does not reflect underlying performance, 
overall shareholder experience or employee reward outcome.

Recovery and withholding provisions may be operated at the discretion of the Committee in respect of awards granted 
under the annual bonus plan arrangements, outstanding PSP awards and Restricted Shares in certain circumstances 
(including where there is a material misstatement or restatement of audited accounts, an error in assessing any applicable 
performance condition or bonus outcome, or in the event of gross misconduct on the part of the participant, corporate 
failure, failure of risk management or reputational damage).

Any use of the above discretions would, where relevant, be explained in the Annual report on remuneration.

Not applicable.

Current fee levels are set 
out in the Annual report on 
remuneration. 

Aggregate fee levels are subject 
to the maximum limit set out in 
the Articles of Association.

Fees

To ensure a fair reward for 
services provided to the 
Company.

NEDs receive a fixed base fee 
for their role on the Board, plus 
supplementary fees for additional 
responsibilities such as performing 
the role of SID, or chairing one of the 
Board Committees. 

The Non-Executive Chair receives a 
fixed fee only, and is not eligible for 
any additional responsibility fees.

Fee levels are reviewed on an annual 
basis, and may be increased taking 
into account factors such as the time 
commitment of the role and market 
levels in companies of comparable 
size and complexity and other 
broadly comparable companies.

Each NED will be entitled to be 
reimbursed for all reasonable 
expenses incurred by them in the 
course of their duties to the Company 
and has the benefit of indemnity 
insurance maintained by the Group 
on their behalf indemnifying them 
against liabilities they may potentially 
incur to third parties as a result of his/
her office as Director.

Where there has been a material 
increase in time commitment in 
the year fees may be temporarily 
increased to reflect this.

Share ownership guidelines

To align the interests of 
Directors with those of 
shareholders through  
share ownership.

All NEDs are encouraged to build and 
maintain a shareholding equivalent in 
value to 100% of their annual fees.

Not applicable.

Not applicable.

Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic ReportMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

88

Remuneration policy continued

89

Reward scenarios

Approach to recruitment remuneration

The bar charts below detail how the composition of the Executive Directors’ remuneration package varies at different 
levels of performance. 

New Executive Director hires (including those promoted internally) will be offered packages in line with the Policy in place 
at the time, except as noted below:

•  Threshold includes fixed pay only (i.e. base salary, benefits and pension).

•  On target includes fixed pay, 60% of maximum bonus, and full vesting of Restricted Shares. 

•  Maximum includes fixed pay, maximum bonus payout, and full vesting of Restricted Shares.

•  Maximum plus the impact of 50% share price appreciation on Restricted Shares. 

Salary levels are effective as at 1 April 2022, and the value for benefits is the cost of providing those benefits in FY22. 

No share price growth has been factored into the chart, except where indicated, and all amounts have been rounded  
to the nearest £1,000.

£1,400,000

£1,200,000

£1,000,000

£800,000

£600,000

£400,000

£1,165,000

£1,029,000

£885,000

26%

35%

31%

24%

£399,000

35%

31%

£627,000

31%

25%

£273,000

£732,000

27%

36%

£831,000

36%

32%

£200,000

100%

45%

39%

34%

100%

44%

37%

32%

£0,000

Threshold

On target

Maximum

Maximum 
with 50% 
share price 
appreciation

Threshold

On target

Maximum

Maximum 
with 50% 
share price 
appreciation

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

Fixed Pay

Annual Bonus

Restricted Shares

• 

If it is considered appropriate to set the salary for a new Executive Director at a level which is below market, his or 
her salary may be increased in future periods to achieve the desired market positioning by way of a series of phased 
above inflation increases, subject to his or her continued development in the role.

•  Any bonus payment for the year of joining will normally be pro-rated to reflect the proportion of the period worked, 

and the Committee may set different performance measures and targets, depending on the timing and nature of  
the appointment.

•  The Committee recognises that it may be necessary in some circumstances to provide compensation for amounts 

forfeited from a previous employer (‘buy out awards’). Any buy out awards would be limited to the value of 
remuneration forfeited when leaving the former employer and would be structured so as to be, to the extent possible, 
no more generous in terms of the key terms (e.g. time to vesting and performance targets) than the incentive it is 
replacing. Where possible any such payments would be facilitated through the Company’s existing incentive plans, 
but, if not, the awards may be granted outside of these plans, as permitted under the Listing Rules, which allow for  
the grant of awards to facilitate the recruitment of an Executive Director.

• 

In the case of an internal appointment, any variable pay element awarded in respect of the prior role will be allowed  
to pay out according to its original terms or adjusted as considered appropriate to reflect the new role.

External directorships

Executive Directors are permitted to take on external non-executive directorships at other listed companies, though 
normally only one other appointment, to bring a further external perspective to the Group and help in the development  
of key individuals’ experience. In order to avoid any conflicts of interest, all appointments are subject to the approval of the 
Nomination Committee. Executive Directors are permitted to retain the fees arising from any appointments undertaken.

Service contracts and payments for loss of office

The terms of Directors’ service contracts and letters of appointments are set out below. All Executive Directors’  
service agreements and Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment are available for inspection at the Company’s 
registered office.

Director

Date of contract / letter

Date of expiry

Notice period by Company  

or Director

Executive Directors

Mark Carpenter

Chris Morgan

Non-Executive Directors

John Walden

Mary McNamara

Adele Cooper

Keith Mansfield

12 May 2016

11 January 2021

N/A

N/A

10 January 2022

10 January 2025

14 May 2019

6 March 2020

20 May 2020

14 May 2022

6 March 2023

20 May 2023

9 months

9 months

3 months

3 months

3 months

3 months

Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic ReportMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

90

91

Remuneration policy continued

Annual report on remuneration

The remuneration related elements of the current contracts for Executive Directors are as follows:

Provisions

Treatment

Termination payment

The Company may (at its discretion) elect to terminate the employment by making a payment 
in lieu of notice equivalent in value to the base salary which the Executive Director would have 
received during any unexpired period of notice.

Mitigation

Annual bonus

Share awards

The payment in lieu of notice will be payable in monthly instalments (subject to mitigation,  
i.e. reduced on a pound for pound basis if alternative employment/engagement is taken up 
during the payment period). 

There is no contractual right to any bonus payment in the event of termination although in 
certain circumstances the Committee may exercise its discretion to pay a bonus for the period 
of employment and based on performance assessed after the end of the financial year.

The default treatment, under the PSP plan rules (including in relation to Restricted Shares) is for 
all unvested awards to lapse in full on cessation. 

However, if the participant ceases to be an employee or a Director within the Group because 
of his/her death, injury, disability, retirement, redundancy, their employing company or the 
business for which they work being sold out of the Group or in other circumstances at the 
discretion of the Committee, then his/her award will normally vest on the original scheduled 
vesting date (except in the case of death, where the default position will be for the award to 
vest on cessation of employment).

The default position in this case is that an award will vest subject to: (i) the extent to which the 
performance conditions (if any) have been satisfied over the full performance period; and (ii) 
the prorating of the award by reference to the period of time served in employment during 
the normal vesting period. However, the Committee can decide to allow early vesting and/
or reduce or eliminate the prorating of an award if it regards it as appropriate to do so in the 
particular circumstances.

Other

Outstanding shares under an all employee share plan will vest in accordance with the terms  
of the plan and HMRC legislation.

The Committee may pay any statutory entitlements or settle or compromise claims in 
connection with a termination of employment, where considered in the best interest of  
the Company.

Outplacement services and reimbursement of legal costs may also be provided.

This part of the report has been prepared in accordance with Part 4 of The Large and Medium-sized Companies  
and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013 which amended The Large and Medium-sized  
Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008, and 9.8.6R of the Listing Rules. The Annual Report  
on Remuneration will be put to an advisory shareholder vote at our next AGM.

Committee membership and attendance 

During the year the Committee comprised:

Mary McNamara (Chair)

Adele Cooper 

Keith Mansfield 

The Chair and CEO attend meetings by invitation but are not members of the Committee. 

The Committee met four times during the year and attendance is set out in the table on page 73.

Advice to the Committee

The Committee receives information and takes advice from inside and outside the Group. Internal support is provided by 
the Company Secretary. The CEO and any other Director or employee may be invited to attend Committee meetings by 
the Chair where relevant. No individual is present when matters relating to his or her own remuneration are discussed.

Following a formal review by the Committee during 2020, Korn Ferry was appointed as adviser to the Committee. Korn 
Ferry is a signatory to the Remuneration Consultants’ Code of Conduct and has confirmed to the Committee that it 
adheres in all respects to the terms of the Code. Fees paid to Korn Ferry during the year were £48k (ex VAT), which 
reflected the applicable hourly rates agreed with Korn Ferry. The Committee is satisfied, following a discussion involving  
all the members of the Committee, that the advice it received is objective and independent. Korn Ferry did not provide 
any other services to the Company during the year. 

Remuneration in FY22
Directors’ single figure of remuneration (audited)

The table below shows the aggregate emoluments earned by the Directors of the Company during FY22 and also sets out 
the comparative information for FY21.

Director

Period

Salary/fees 
(£’000)

Benefits1
(£’000)

Pension 
(£’000)

RSA2 
(£’000)

Total fixed 
remuneration 
(£’000)

Bonus 
(£’000)

PSP3 
(£’000)

Total variable 
remuneration 
(£’000)

Total 
(£’000)

Mark Carpenter

Chris Morgan

John Walden4

Mark Morris5

Mary McNamara

Adele Cooper

Keith Mansfield

FY22

FY21

FY22

FY21

FY22

FY21

FY22

FY21

FY22

FY21

FY22

FY21

FY22

FY21

350

231

255

58

144

N/A

78

100

53

49

40

38

47

40

2

2

2

1

0

35

27

8

2

0

262

206

191

0

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

 0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

649

466

456

61

144

N/A

78

100

53

49

40

38

47

40

329

0

240

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

329

0

240

0

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

978

466

696

61

144

N/A

78

100

53

49

40

38

47

40

1.   Relates to provision of family private medical insurance.

2.   The face value on grant of the RSA awards is shown in the table above as there are no performance conditions other than underpins tested on vesting.

3.  The 2018 and 2019 PSP awards lapsed in full. 

4.  From his appointment on 10 January 2022, and includes a one-off fee of £100,000, the net amount of which he will invest in Company shares.

5.  Mark Morris retired on 10 January 2022.

Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic ReportMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

92

93

Annual report on remuneration continued

Details of variable pay earned in the year (audited)
Annual bonus

Executive Directors were eligible for a maximum annual bonus payment of 100% of salary, subject to PBT, market share 
growth, customer and employment engagement measures, along with selected strategic objectives.

The table below sets out the performance conditions and targets that were set in relation to FY22 and the performance 
achieved. As set out earlier in this report, the Committee exercised discretion in relation to the growth in share of the 
0-4 year old car market performance condition. The Committee is satisfied this exercise of discretion is appropriate and 
results in targets equally as challenging as the targets originally set. 

Performance measure

PBT

Growth in share of 0-4 year old car market

Customer – NPS

Employee engagement

New branches opened

Auction4Cars.com marketplace

Sell your car

Total

Weighting

Performance required1

Performance 
achieved

Payout of 
element (% 
of element 
weighting)

Threshold  

Stretch  

(30% payout)

(100% payout)

£19.97m

£21.97m

+ve

79

+0.5%

83

1 star2

3 star2

2

3

£21.5m

+0.67%

83.9

2 star2

3

n/a Operational Operational

15%

25%

10%

10%

10%

10%

20%

500 cars

1,500

2,175

100%

13.8%

25%

10%

5%

10%

10%

20%

93.8%

1.  Payable on a sliding scale between target levels, with the exception of Auction4Cars.com marketplace where the target is either met or not.

2.  Employer star rating in the Best Companies b-Heard survey.

The bonus payout for FY22 is 93.8% of maximum which is payable entirely in cash.

Outstanding share awards, including details of awards granted during the year and awards vesting based  
on performance to 31 March 2022 (audited) 

The below table sets out details of the Executive Directors’ outstanding awards under the PSP and other share schemes.

Name

Year of 
grant

Scheme

At  
31 March 
2021

Awards 
granted 
during the 
period

Awards 
exercised 
during the 
period

Awards 
lapsed 
during the 
period

At  
31 March 
2022

Vesting  
date

Exercise  
price

Mark Carpenter

FY19

2019 PSP  106,339

FY20

2020 PSP

155,470

FY21

2021 RSA

75,753

–

–

–

FY22

2022 RSA

–

95,558

FY19 2019 SAYE 

1,904

FY20 2020 SAYE

1,565

FY21 2021 SAYE

1,298 

–

–

–

FY22 2022 SAYE

Chris Morgan

FY22

2022 RSA

FY22 2022 SAYE

–

–

–

1,304

69,621

1,304

–

–

–

(1,904)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

– (106,339)

0 20 July 2021

155,470 22 July 2022

75,753 24 Aug 2023*

95,558 16 June 2024*

–

–

–

–

0

1 Feb 2022

189.00p

1,565

1 Feb 2023

230.00p

1,298

1 Feb 2024

277.20p

1,304

1 Feb 2025

276.00p

69,621 16 June 2024*

–

1,304

1 Feb 2025

276.00p

* 

 The first tranche of the RSA shares vest on their third anniversary of grant, at 50% of the award and then 25% vests on the fourth and fifth 
anniversaries of grant.

Performance Share Plan (‘PSP’) (audited) 

Award will vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant, subject to achievement of the below performance conditions. 
A two-year post vesting holding period will apply thereafter, during which time any vested shares (net of any taxes due) 
may not be sold. 

PSP 2020

An award was made to Mark Carpenter under the Company’s PSP to the value of 125% of base salary in July 2019.

The awards are subject to 50% on EPS growth targets and 50% on market share growth of 0-2 year old vehicles measured 
over the three financial years from 1 April 2019 to 31 March 2022. The targets and the performance achieved are set out 
below:

Threshold (12.5%)

Maximum (50%)

Actual performance

EPS growth 
(CAGR)

Market share 
growth 
(0-2 year)

7.5%

12%

2%

5.0%

10.0%

(7.2)%

As actual EPS growth and market share growth over the period was less than the threshold growth required, the 2020 PSP 
will lapse in full. The Committee did not exercise any discretion in determining the final vesting outcome.

Restricted Share Awards (‘RSA’) (audited)

At the 2020 AGM, shareholders approved that PSP awards be replaced by Restricted Shares. The award level for the 
Executive Directors will normally be 75% of salary each year. In order for Restricted Shares to vest, the Committee must be 
satisfied that the business performance is robust and sustainable, and that management has strengthened the business. 
The Restricted Shares ordinarily vest on the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the grant (in 50%, 25% and 25% portions 
respectively). Awards are additionally subject to a post vesting holding period during which time vested shares may not be 
sold (other than for tax) before five years from grant.

RSA 2021 

RSA awards in the form of nil cost options (‘Options’) granted under the rules of the PSP were based on the average of the 
closing middle market quotations of the share price during the five dealing days before grant, being 271.4 pence.

Date of grant

Grant level as 
% of salary

Shares 
awarded

Share price at 
grant date

Face value of 
award

Measurement period for 
performance underpin

Mark Carpenter

24 August 2020

75%

75,753

271.4p £205,593.64

1 April 2020 to  
31 March 2023

RSA 2022 

RSA awards in the form of nil cost options (‘Options’) granted under the rules of the PSP were based on the average of the 
closing middle market quotations of the share price during the five dealing days before grant, being 274.7 pence.

Date of grant

Grant level as 
% of salary

Shares 
awarded

Share price at 
grant date

Face value of 
award

Measurement period for 
performance underpin

Mark Carpenter

16 June 2021

75%

95,558

274.7p £262,497.83

Chris Morgan

16 June 2021

75%

69,621

274.7p

£191,248.89

1 April 2021 to  
31 March 2024

1 April 2021 to  
31 March 2024

Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic ReportMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

94

95

Annual report on remuneration continued

Save As You Earn (‘SAYE’) (audited)

Total shareholder return and Chief Executive Officer earnings history

In December of each year since 2016, Motorpoint has launched a SAYE scheme for all permanent employees. Eligible 
employees are invited to subscribe for options over the Company’s shares at an exercise price representing a 20% 
discount to the closing mid market price the day before the invitation date. The maximum subscription offered is  
£3,600 (equivalent to £100 per month over the 36-month saving period).

Table of Directors’ share interests (audited) 

The share interests of each Director as at 31 March 2022 (together with interests held by his or her connected persons)  
are set out in the table below.

Executive Directors are required by the Policy to hold shares to the value of 200% of salary and must retain 50% of 
any outstanding PSP award vesting or any Restricted Shares vesting (net of any taxes due) until this guideline is met. 
Additionally, the Non-Executive Directors are encouraged to hold shares to the value of 100% of their annual fee. 
Shareholdings are set out as a percentage of salary or fees in the table below.

Name

Executive Directors
Mark Carpenter

Chris Morgan

Non-Executive Directors
John Walden

Mark Morris2

Mary McNamara

Adele Cooper

Keith Mansfield

Beneficially 
owned 
shares1

Unvested PSP 
awards

Unvested 
Restricted 
Share awards

Unexercised 
SAYE options

Percentage of 
salary/fees3

Total 

At 31 March 2022

8,881,693 

155,470

13,445

–

8,509,556 

65,500

13,327 

36,876

–

–

–

–

–

–

171,311

69,621

4,167

9,212,641

7,613%

1,304

84,370

16%

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

8,509,556 

25,529%

65,500 

13,327

36,876

374%

100%

233%

1.  Some of these shares may be held through nominees.

2. As at date of retiring on 10 January 2022. 

3.   Calculated as the value of all fully owned shares held at 31 March 2022, valued using the three-month average share price over the period  

to 31 March 2022 (300p), divided by base salary as effective 31 March 2022.

During the period from 31 March 2022 to the publication of this report, there have been no changes in the Directors’  
share interests. Details of the PSP 2020, due to lapse in July 2022, can be found on page 93. 

None of the Directors hold any loans against their shares or otherwise use their shares as collateral.

External directorships

None of the Executive Directors currently hold non-executive directorships at any other listed companies. 

The chart below shows the Company’s Total Shareholder Return performance compared with that of the FTSE SmallCap 
Index over the period from the date of the Company’s admission onto the London Stock Exchange, to 31 March 2022.  
The FTSE SmallCap Index has been chosen as an appropriate comparator as it is the index of which the Company is  
a constituent. 

£100 Invested TSR

)
£
(

O
P
I

t
a
d
e
t
s
e
v
n
I

0
0
1
£
f
o
e
u
l
a
V

200

180

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

12 May 2016

31 Mar 2017

31 Mar 2018

31 Mar 2019

31 Mar 2020

31 Mar 2021

31 Mar 2022

Motorpoint

FTSE SmallCap

The total remuneration figure for the CEO since 9 May 2016 is shown in the table below, along with the value of bonuses 
paid, and LTIP vesting, as a percentage of the maximum opportunity.

Total remuneration (£’000)

Annual bonus (% of maximum)

LTIP vesting (% of maximum)

FY17

262

0%

N/A1

FY18

443

61%

N/A1

FY19

287

0%

0%

FY20

410

39%

0%

FY21

466

0%

0%

FY22

978

94%

0%

1.  No long term incentive awards were eligible to vest over the relevant period. 

Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
Motorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

96

97

Annual report on remuneration continued

Change in remuneration of Directors and employees

Relative importance of spend on pay 

The table below compares the difference in remuneration payable to the Directors over the period FY20 to FY22 to the 
average employee of the Company. For the purpose of this disclosure, these figures have been compiled comparing the 
average of all employees in the corresponding periods separately and are based on annualised figures for each year.

FY21 vs FY22

FY20 vs FY21

Base  
salary/fees  
% change

51.5%

N/A

N/A

N/A

5.3%

17.5%

8.2%

8.5%

Mark Carpenter (CEO)

Chris Morgan (CFO)1

Mark Morris2

John Walden3

Adele Cooper

Keith Mansfield4 

Mary McNamara

Average employee

1.  Chris Morgan joined the Board in January 2021. 

2. Mark Morris left the Board in January 2022.

3.  John Walden joined the Board in January 2022.

4.  Keith Mansfield joined the Board in May 2020. 

Benefits  

% change

0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0%

0%

0%

Annual  
bonus 
% change5

Base  
salary/fees  
% change

100%

(15.7)%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0%

0%

0%

N/A

(8.0)%

N/A

N/A

N/A

(7.5)%

4.5%

Benefits  

% change

0%

N/A

0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0%

Annual  
bonus 
% change5

(100)%

N/A

0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0%

3.0%

(4.5)%

14.6%

41.4%

5.  Includes performance related commission for employees; Executive Directors elected not to take an annual bonus in 2021.

CEO to employee pay ratio (The Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018) 

The table below discloses the ratio between the CEO’s remuneration and Motorpoint’s wider workforce.

FY

2022

20211

2020

Method

Option A

Option A

Option A

1.  2021 data restated to ensure same methodology applied as 2022. 

Disclosure of employee data used to calculate the ratio for FY22:

Total pay and benefits of employees

Basic salary of employees

25th 
percentile  
pay ratio

31.3:1

17.6:1

20.5:1

Median  

pay ratio

28.3:1

15.8:1

18.0:1

75th 
percentile  
pay ratio 

16.4:1

10.7:1

10.25:1

25th 
percentile  

£’000

Median  
£’000 

75th 
percentile  

£’000

£22,616

£25,159

£43,380

£19,760

£20,995

£25,000

The table above sets out the CEO pay ratio for each financial year from FY20. The CEO pay is compared to the pay of our 
UK employees at the 25th, 50th and 75th percentile, calculated by reference to 31 March 2022.

In line with last year’s calculation, the ratios have been calculated in accordance with Option A, as this is considered to be 
the most accurate method of calculation.

CEO pay has been calculated using the total single figure. The total pay for the employees comprises full time equivalent 
salary, benefits, pension and annual bonus payments relating to FY22 performance.

At 28.3:1, the median CEO pay ratio has increased for FY22 compared to FY21; this is primarily due to a bonus being paid  
in FY22, compared to FY21 where no bonus was paid out. 

The Committee is satisfied the ratios are representative of Motorpoint’s pay and reward policies. 

The following table sets out the percentage change in staff costs, dividends paid and share buyback in FY22 compared to 
the prior year.

Total employee remuneration

Dividends paid

Share buyback

FY21  
(£m)

25.6

0

0

FY22  
(£m)

34.7

0

0

Percentage 
change

36%

0%

0%

Statement of shareholder voting (2021 AGM voting)

The following table shows the voting results at the Company’s 2021 AGM in respect of the resolution on the Remuneration 
Report for FY21 and the voting results at the 2020 AGM in respect of the resolution to approve the current Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy.

Votes cast

Directors’ Remuneration Report FY21

Directors’ Remuneration Policy FY20

Implementation of the Policy in FY23

% votes for 

95.1

93.1

% votes 
against 

4.9

6.9

Votes  

withheld

0

37,500

A summary of how the remuneration policy will be applied during the forthcoming financial year is set out below.

Base salaries

Salaries will be increased in line with the average increase for the workforce for FY23.

Mark Carpenter

Chris Morgan

Benefits and pension

1 April 2021

1 April 2022

£350,000

£360,500

£255,000

£262,650

Percentage 
change

3%

3%

No changes are proposed to the provision of pension and benefits. Executive Directors will continue to receive family 
private medical insurance, and a company car. Pension contributions (or cash in lieu of pension) will be 10% of salary for 
the CEO and 3% of salary for the CFO. The CEO pension will reduce to the workforce rate at the end of this policy period. 

Annual bonus

The structure of the annual bonus plan for FY23 has been updated to include the introduction of an environmental 
measure, and to ensure personal targets are aligned with the Company’s strategic objectives. Executive Directors will be 
eligible for an annual bonus payment up to a maximum of 100% of salary. Bonuses will be based on PBT, market share 
growth, customer and employee engagement measures, and the number of electric vehicles sold compared to FY22, 
with each measure awarded independently. Personal targets will be aligned to the Company’s goals, and include as 
appropriate digitisation of the business and Auction4Cars.com. The Committee considers the forward looking targets 
to be commercially sensitive as they relate to the current financial year, but full disclosure of targets and performance 
against them will be provided in next year’s Annual Report.

PBT is a financial KPI for Motorpoint and is directly linked to our key strategic objective of delivering profitable earnings 
growth by growing in our local markets, growing online sales and opening new branches. Our customers and employees 
are two priority stakeholder groups, and ensuring high levels of customer satisfaction and employee engagement is key  
to ensuring the success of our strategy and our Company.

Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic ReportMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

98

99

Annual report on remuneration continued

Directors’ report

Long term incentives

Executive Directors will receive an award of Restricted Shares equal to 75% of base salary. The number of shares to be 
granted will be determined with reference to the average of the closing middle market quotations of the shares during  
the five dealing days before the date of grant.

The shares will vest 50%, 25% and 25% at years three, four and five, respectively, subject to the achievement of the 
underpin. All awards would need to be held (other than sales to pay any tax) for a total of five years from grant. In order 
for Restricted Shares to vest, the Committee must be satisfied that business performance is robust and sustainable and 
that management has strengthened the business. In assessing this performance condition, the Committee will consider 
financial and non-financial KPIs of the business as well as delivery against strategic priorities. To the extent it is not satisfied 
that this performance condition is met, the Committee may scale back the level of vested awards, including to zero. This 
performance assessment will take place at the end of the third year. 

Chair and Non-Executive Directors’ fees

The fees payable to the NEDs of the Company are as follows. The fees payable to the NEDs for FY23 will increase 
from £40,000 to £45,000. This increase has been approved following a benchmarking survey undertaken by external 
remuneration advisors, which demonstrated the previous rate was significantly below the market median for similar 
sized businesses. The Chair of the newly formed ESG Committee will receive an additional fee for taking on this added 
responsibility.

Non-Executive Chair

Other NEDs

Additional responsibility fees:

Chair of the Remuneration Committee

Chair of the Audit Committee

Chair of the ESG Committee

Senior Independent Director

£200,000

£45,000

£7,500

£7,500

£3,750

£5,000

In addition, as permitted under the Policy, Non-Executive Directors will have any reasonable expenses reimbursed 
including any tax liability incurred. 

Approval

This report was approved by the Board on 15 June 2022 and is signed on its behalf by:

Mary McNamara
Remuneration Committee Chair
15 June 2022

The Directors present their report, together with the audited financial statements of the Group and the Company,  
for the year ended 31 March 2022.

The Directors’ report comprises the Board biographies (on pages 68 and 69), the Corporate Governance report 
(from page 70 to page 74), the Directors’ report (from page 99 to page 103) and the Shareholder information section 
(on page 149).

The following information is provided in other appropriate sections of the Annual Report and is incorporated by the 
following references: 

Information

Likely future developments and performance  
of the Company

Employee engagement

SECR

Stakeholder engagement

Corporate Governance statement

Reported in

Strategic report

Strategic report

Strategic report

Strategic report

Directors

Board leadership and purpose 

Remuneration report – Directors’ beneficial interests  
and shareholding requirements

Viability Statement 

Strategic report

Details of Long Term Incentive Plan

Remuneration report

Accounting policies

Financial instruments 

Financial risk management 

Financial statements

Financial statements

Financial statements

Composition/operation of Board and committees Corporate Governance report

Page numbers

10

33

39

32

70 - 74

71

94

60

93

116 - 123

134 - 137

134 - 137

71 - 74

Articles of Association

Any amendments to the Company’s Articles of Association may only be made by passing a special resolution at a general 
meeting of the shareholders of the Company. 

Directors

The names of Directors who served during or served the end of the year of their period of appointment, are listed on 
pages 68 and 69, together with details of each Director’s skills, experience and current external appointments.

Directors’ indemnities and insurance

The Company’s Articles of Association provide for the Directors and officers to be appropriately indemnified subject to the 
provisions of the Companies Act 2006. The Company also holds directors’ and officers’ liability insurance cover in place 
for the year and up to the date of signing this report.

Independent auditors 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP acted as auditors throughout the year. In accordance with Section 489 and Section 492 of 
the Companies Act 2006, resolutions proposing the reappointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as the Company’s 
auditors and authorising the Directors to determine the auditor’s remuneration will be put to the 2022 AGM.

Donations and political expenditures

No political donations were made by the Company during the year and no contributions were made by the Company 
during the year to any non-UK political party.

Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic ReportMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

100

Directors’ report continued

Employees with disabilities

Motorpoint is an equal opportunities employer and our culture is one that promotes excellence and celebrates success. 
We are committed to eliminating discrimination and encouraging diversity. We take pride in having a workplace which 
celebrates diversity. Our aim is that our people will be truly representative of all sections of society and reflect the diverse 
customer base that we enjoy.

It is important that each person feels respected and is able to perform to the best of their ability – we do not tolerate any 
form of discrimination and actively promote equal opportunities. Motorpoint proudly employs a number of people with a 
registered disability and gives full and fair consideration to new applications for employment made by disabled persons; 
this also includes internal promotions throughout the business. Our training and development interventions are available 
to all staff and we ensure reasonable adjustments are made for new and existing team members, should they be required, 
to accommodate their needs and deliver a safe and welcoming work environment.

This support applies throughout an employee’s career with us and should an individual find their circumstances change 
and they become disabled during their employment we would ensure total support and inclusion.

Research and development

The Company does not engage in research and development. 

Existence of brands outside the UK

The Company has no branches outside the UK.

Workforce engagement

The Board recognises its various legal, fiduciary, statutory and governance obligations and duties in relation to stakeholder 
engagement, including those in respect of its own workforce. Mary McNamara, the Chair of Motorpoint’s Remuneration 
Committee, is the designated Non-Executive Director with responsibility to engage with (and oversee engagement 
with) employees and involve relevant views and experiences in Board discussion and decision making (the ‘Designated 
NED for Workforce Engagement’). As the Designated NED for Workforce Engagement, Mary engages with (and 
oversees engagement with) employees in ways that are most effective in discerning relevant views and understanding 
their experiences.

The Company in January 2022 established its first ever Board committee on ESG matters to ensure a dedicated forum  
for stakeholder, including workforce, matters at Board level. 

During the year, the Company has also endeavoured to encourage a founder mentality among its workforce and in  
order to encourage greater participation in the Company’s Sharesave scheme, it increased the discount on the option  
to purchase shares under that HMRC approved plan from 10% to 20%, the maximum permitted by HMRC. 

Engagement with other stakeholders

In the discharge of their various legal, statutory and governance obligations and duties, the Directors have endeavoured 
to act to promote the success of the Group for the benefit of its members as a whole, and in doing so have regard for the 
interests of its various stakeholders. Details of the various stakeholder groups and their associated engagement strategies 
are provided on page 32 of this report. The Board ensures, in its discussion of relevant matters, that stakeholder interests 
are considered in related discussions and decision making processes and inform policies and procedures.

Substantial shareholdings

Information provided to the Company by substantial shareholders pursuant to the DTR is published via a Regulatory 
Information Service. As at 31 March 2022, the Company has been notified of the interests as set out below in its issued 
share capital. All such share capital has the right to vote at general meetings.

101

Shareholder as at 31 March 2022

No. of Ordinary Shares

% of issued shares

Immersion Capital

abrdn

Mark Carpenter

Mark Morris

Forager Capital Management

Hunter Capital

Punch Card Capital LP

17,647,958

9,481,975

8,881,693

8,509,556

4,378,870

3,283,401

2,910,815

19.57

 10.51

9.85

9.44

4.86

3.64

3.23

The Company received notification on 25 April 2022 that Forager Capital Management had increased its holding to 
4,516,370 ordinary shares (5.01%).

The shareholdings of Motorpoint Group Plc Directors are listed within the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

Powers of the Directors

The powers of the Directors are set out in the Companies Act 2006 and the Company’s Articles of Association. The 
Directors were granted authority to issue and allot shares at the 2021 AGM. Shareholders will be asked to renew these 
authorities in line with the latest institutional shareholder guidelines at the 2022 AGM. 

Appointment and replacement of Directors 

With regard to the appointment and replacement of Directors, the Company is governed by the Articles of Association 
(the ‘Articles’), the 2018 Code, the Companies Act 2006 and related legislation. Directors can be appointed by the 
Company by ordinary resolution at a general meeting, or by the Board. If a Director is appointed by the Board, such 
Director will hold office until the next AGM and shall then be eligible subject to Board recommendation, for election  
at that meeting. 

In accordance with Provision 18 of the 2018 Code, each of the Directors, being eligible, will offer themselves for election 
or re-election at this year’s AGM (subject to any retirements). The Company can remove a Director from office, either by 
passing a special resolution or by notice being given by all the other Directors. 

John Walden was appointed to the Board on 10 January 2022 as Non Executive Chair and Chair of the Nomination 
Committee. His appointment and continuing membership of the Board are both subject to election at the Company’s 
2022 AGM.

Dividends 

No dividends (interim or final) were paid, and no dividend is recommended by the Board.

Share capital 

As at 31 March 2022, the Company’s issued share capital comprised 90,189,885 Ordinary Shares with a nominal value  
of £0.01 each. 

Ordinary Shares 

The holders of Ordinary Shares are entitled to one vote per share at meetings of the Company. All Ordinary Shares, other 
than those held from time to time in Treasury, are freely transferable and rank pari passu for voting and dividend rights. 
The Company is not aware of any agreements between holders of shares that result in any restrictions. 

Employee Benefit Trust

As at 31 March 2022, the Motorpoint Employee Benefit Trust held 1,372,677 Ordinary Shares (FY21: 34,841). 

Further information about share capital can be found in note 28 of the Financial Statements.

Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic ReportMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

102

Directors’ report continued

Change of control provisions 

Going concern

103

The financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis. The Group regularly reviews market and financial 
forecasts and has reviewed its trading prospects in its key markets. During the year significant vehicle inflation impacted 
stock valuations, and we accordingly negotiated increases in our stocking facilities from £106.0m at the start of year to 
£195.0m by year end. The last tranche of this increase was £30.0m, and this was made available in the last week of the 
financial year. Accordingly, this was used in the early part of FY23 to reduce the utilised revolving credit facility balance 
of £29.0m as at the year end. This revolving credit facility was increased by £15.0m during the year and replaced the 
temporary £15.0m bank overdraft which expired earlier in May 2021. 

In making their assessment the Directors considered the Group’s current balance sheet, and operational cash flows, 
the availability of facilities, and stress testing of the key trading assumptions within the Group’s plan. 

For the purpose of considering going concern the Group focuses on a period of at least 12 months from the point 
of signing the accounts. 

The Board has taken a severe but plausible downside scenario approach in considering the going concern status of 
the Group, reducing volumes and prices, and increasing interest rates and comparing with headroom available against 
banking covenants and liquid resources required to continue trading. Taking the base case three-year forecast as the 
starting point, even when applying a 25% reduction to revenue, as well as a substantial increase in interest costs, the 
covenants were not breached, and liquid resources were not depleted. In this model, operating costs were not flexed 
outside of built-in inflationary increases. However, in the event of a significant downturn, the Board would take mitigating 
measures to reduce operating costs, which would create further headroom. 

The Directors have made use of the post year end trading performance to provide additional insight into the continuing 
viability of the business. While only a short period has passed since the year end, this evidence adds further comfort to the 
continuing strength of the Group in an active market. Given the continued historical liquidity of the Group and sufficiency 
of reserves and cash in the stressed scenarios modelled, the Board has concluded that the Group has adequate resources 
to continue in operational existence over the going concern period and into the foreseeable future thereafter. Accordingly, 
they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the consolidated financial statements.

The Annual Report was approved by the Board on 15 June 2022.

On behalf of the Board

Chris Morgan 
Chief Financial Officer 
15 June 2022 

The Directors are not aware of there being any significant agreements that contain any material change of control 
provisions to which the Company is a party other than in respect of the financing facility which expires in May 2024.  
Under the terms of the facility, and in the event of a change of control of the Company, the bank can withdraw funding 
and all outstanding loans, accrued interest and other amounts due and owing become payable within 30 days of the 
change. No person holds securities carrying special rights regarding control of the Company.

Purchase of own shares

At the Company’s AGM on 27 July 2021, shareholders approved an authority for the Company to make market purchases 
of its own shares up to a maximum of 9,018,988 shares (being approximately 10% of the issued share capital at that time) 
at prices not less than the nominal value of each share (being £0.01 each). No use was made of this authority during the 
period. The Company intends to renew this authority at its 2022 AGM.

Allotment of shares

At the Company’s AGM on 27 July 2021 shareholders approved an authority for the Company to allot ordinary shares up 
to a maximum nominal amount of £300,632 (being approximately one third of the Company’s issued share capital at that 
time) increasing to £601,265 (being approximately two thirds of the Company’s issued share capital at that time) in the 
case of a rights issue. The Company intends to renew this authority at its 2022 AGM.

Acquisitions of other companies’ shares

The Company did not purchase or acquire the shares of another company in the year ended 31 March 2022; nor did any 
nominee of the Company or another company do so with the Company’s financial assistance; nor did the Company take 
a lien or other charge on shares of another company.

Subsequent events

After the year end, a sale and leaseback transaction was completed, relating to our site in Stockton-on-Tees. The freehold 
was sold for £5.0m and leased back at an annual rent of £350k. There was no material profit or loss on this transaction.

Disclosure table pursuant to Listing Rule LR 9.8.4R

In accordance with LR 9.8.4R, the table below sets out the location of the information required to be disclosed,  
where applicable.

Listing Rule Information to be included

9.8.4(1)

Interest capitalised by the Group.

9.8.4(2)

Unaudited financial information (LR 9.2.18R).

Disclosure

None.

None.

9.8.4(4)

Long term incentive scheme information  
involving Board Directors (LR 9.4.3R).

Details can be found on page 93 of the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report.

9.8.4(5) Waiver of emoluments by a Director.

9.8.4(6) Waiver of future emoluments by a Director.

9.8.4(7)

Non-pre-emptive issues of equity for cash.

9.8.4(8)

Non-pre-emptive issues of equity for cash  
in relation to major subsidiary undertakings.

None.

None.

None.

None.

9.8.4(9)

Listed company is a subsidiary of another company. Not applicable.

9.8.4(10) Contracts of significance involving a Director  

None.

or a controlling shareholder.

9.8.4(11)

Contracts for the provision of services by  
a controlling shareholder.

None.

9.8.4(12)

Shareholder waiver of dividends.

9.8.4(13)

Shareholder waiver of future dividends.

The trustees of the Motorpoint Group Plc Employee  
Share Trust have a dividend waiver in place in respect  
of Ordinary Shares which are its beneficial property.

The trustees of the Motorpoint Group Plc Employee  
Share Trust have a dividend waiver in place in respect  
of Ordinary Shares which are its beneficial property.

9.8.4(14)

Agreement with controlling shareholder.

None.

Financial StatementsGovernanceStrategic ReportMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

104

105

Statement of directors’ responsibilities

Financial Statements

106  Independent auditors’ report 

112  Consolidated statement of comprehensive 

income

113  Consolidated balance sheet

114  Consolidated statement of changes 

in equity

115  Consolidated cash flow statement

116  Notes to the consolidated financial 

statements

141  Company balance sheet

142  Company statement of changes in equity

143  Notes to the Company financial statements

147   Alternative performance measures

148   Glossary

149  Shareholder information and advisers

Directors’ confirmations 

The directors consider that the Annual Report and 
Accounts and accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, 
balanced and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess 
the group’s and company’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy.

Each of the directors, whose names and functions are 
listed in the Board of Directors section of the Governance 
report on pages 68 and 69 confirm that, to the best of 
their knowledge:

• 

• 

• 

the group financial statements, which have been 
prepared in accordance with UK adopted international 
accounting standards, give a true and fair view of 
the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of 
the group;

the company financial statements, which have 
been prepared in accordance with United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 102, give a 
true and fair view of the assets, liabilities and financial 
position of the company; and

the Strategic Report includes a fair review of the 
development and performance of the business and 
the position of the group and company, together with 
a description of the principal risks and uncertainties 
that it faces.

In the case of each director in office at the date the 
directors’ report is approved:

• 

• 

so far as the director is aware, there is no relevant 
audit information of which the group’s and company’s 
auditors are unaware; and

they have taken all the steps that they ought to have 
taken as a director in order to make themselves aware 
of any relevant audit information and to establish 
that the group’s and company’s auditors are aware 
of that information.

The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual 
Report and Accounts and the financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulation.

Company law requires the directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law the 
directors have prepared the group financial statements 
in accordance with UK adopted international accounting 
standards and the company financial statements in 
accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting 
Standards, comprising FRS 102 “The Financial Reporting 
Standard applicable in the UK and Republic of Ireland”, 
and applicable law).

Under company law, directors must not approve the 
financial statements unless they are satisfied that they 
give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the group 
and company and of the profit or loss of the group for that 
period. In preparing the financial statements, the directors 
are required to:

• 

• 

select suitable accounting policies and then apply 
them consistently;

state whether applicable UK adopted international 
accounting standards have been followed for the 
group financial statements and United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 102 have been 
followed for the company financial statements, subject 
to any material departures disclosed and explained in 
the financial statements;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent; and

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern 
basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the 
group and company will continue in business.

The directors are responsible for safeguarding the 
assets of the group and company and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud 
and other irregularities.

The directors are also responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain 
the group’s and company’s transactions and disclose with 
reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of 
the group and company and enable them to ensure that 
the financial statements and the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report comply with the Companies Act 2006.

The directors are responsible for the maintenance 
and integrity of the company’s website. Legislation in 
the United Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions.

Strategic ReportFinancial StatementsGovernanceMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

106

107

Independent auditors’ report
to the members of Motorpoint Group Plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements

Opinion

In our opinion:

•  Motorpoint Group Plc’s group 

financial statements and company 
financial statements (the “financial 
statements”) give a true and fair 
view of the state of the group’s 
and of the company’s affairs as at 
31 March 2022 and of the group’s 
profit and the group’s cash flows 
for the year then ended;

the group financial statements 
have been properly prepared in 
accordance with UK-adopted 
international accounting 
standards;

the company financial statements 
have been properly prepared 
in accordance with United 
Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice (United 
Kingdom Accounting Standards, 
comprising FRS 102 “The Financial 
Reporting Standard applicable in 
the UK and Republic of Ireland”, 
and applicable law); and

the financial statements have 
been prepared in accordance 
with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006.

• 

• 

• 

We have audited the financial 
statements, included within the 
Annual Report and Accounts 
2022 (the “Annual Report”), which 
comprise: the Consolidated balance 
sheet and Company balance sheet as 
at 31 March 2022; the Consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income, 
Consolidated cash flow statement, 
Consolidated statement of changes 
in equity and Company statement 
of changes in equity for the year 
then ended; and the notes to the 
financial statements, which include 
a description of the significant 
accounting policies.

Our opinion is consistent with our 
reporting to the Audit Committee.

Basis for opinion

Key audit matters

We conducted our audit in 
accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs 
(UK)”) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are 
further described in the Auditors’ 
responsibilities for the audit of 
the financial statements section 
of our report. We believe that the 
audit evidence we have obtained is 
sufficient and appropriate to provide  
a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the 
group in accordance with the ethical 
requirements that are relevant to 
our audit of the financial statements 
in the UK, which includes the FRC’s 
Ethical Standard, as applicable to 
listed public interest entities, and 
we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with 
these requirements.

To the best of our knowledge and 
belief, we declare that non-audit 
services prohibited by the FRC’s 
Ethical Standard were not provided.

Other than those disclosed in 
note 8 to the financial statements, 
we have provided no non-audit 
services to the company or its 
controlled undertakings in the 
period under audit.

Our audit approach

Overview
Audit scope

•  We conducted audit work over 

Motorpoint Limited (the Group’s 
trading company) and Motorpoint 
Group Plc (the Company) which 
together accounted for 100% of 
the Group’s revenue and profit 
before tax.

• 

Inventory valuation (group)

•  Recoverability of investment in 
subsidiary undertakings (parent)

Materiality

•  Overall group materiality: 

£1,075,000 (2021: £845,000) 
based on 5% of profit before tax 
(2021: 5% of three year average 
adjusted profit before tax).

•  Overall company materiality: 

£914,000 (2021: £720,000) based 
on 1% of total assets, restricted by 
component materiality allocation.

•  Performance materiality: 

£806,000 (2021: £634,000) 
(group) and £686,000 (2021: 
£540,000) (company).

The scope of or audit
As part of designing our audit, we 
determined materiality and assessed 
the risks of material misstatement in 
the financial statements.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters 
that, in the auditors’ professional 
judgement, were of most significance 
in the audit of the financial statements 
of the current period and include 
the most significant assessed risks 
of material misstatement (whether 
or not due to fraud) identified by the 
auditors, including those which had 
the greatest effect on: the overall 
audit strategy; the allocation of 
resources in the audit; and directing 
the efforts of the engagement team. 
These matters, and any comments 
we make on the results of our 
procedures thereon, were addressed 
in the context of our audit of the 
financial statements as a whole, and 
in forming our opinion thereon, and 
we do not provide a separate opinion 
on these matters.

This is not a complete list of all risks 
identified by our audit.

Recoverability of investment in subsidiary undertakings is a new key audit matter this year. Going concern and impairment 
consideration relating to COVID-19, which was a key audit matter last year, is no longer included because of the risk in 
respect of going concern and impairment has reduced, with all sites reopening and forecasts improving as the impact  
of COVID-19 has decreased. Otherwise, the key audit matters below are consistent with last year.

Key audit matter

Inventory valuation (group)

Refer to page 77 (Audit Committee report) and note 4 of the 
consolidated financial statements. Motorpoint’s provision 
is based on historic data. Management’s assessment 
involves a degree of judgement regarding historical data 
being reflective of future sales levels and margins. Given 
the magnitude of inventory balances and the estimation 
uncertainty as to the appropriate level of provision, there 
is a risk that inventory is being carried in excess of net 
realisable value.

Recoverability of investment in subsidiary undertakings (parent)

Refer to page 144, note 3 of the Company financial 
statements. As at 31 March 2022 the parent Company’s 
balance sheet includes investments of £101.4m (FY21: 
£101.3m). Annually, the Directors consider whether any 
events or circumstances have occurred that could indicate 
that the carrying amount of fixed asset investments may 
not be recoverable. Management have not identified any 
indicators of impairment during the year.

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

•  We have verified the mathematical accuracy of 

management’s models in calculating the inventory provision, 
agreeing historical data used within the model. 

•  We have tested a sample of inputs used in management’s 

models to appropriate third party evidence. 

•  We have challenged the time period of historical data used 
within the calculation and sensitised the time period to 
assess the impact. 

•  We have reviewed and challenged management’s forecast 

margins post year end. We have reviewed sales since 
the year end to understand margins achieved post year 
end and assessed the impact of this on the remaining 
population of unsold vehicles. 

Based on our procedures, the carrying value of inventory 
is consistent with the evidence obtained.

We have considered whether there are any indicators 
of impairment, including comparing to current market 
capitalisation. No indicators were identified. We consider 
the carrying value of investment in subsidiaries to be 
materially correct.

How we tailored the audit scope

We tailored the scope of our audit 
to ensure that we performed 
enough work to be able to give an 
opinion on the financial statements 
as a whole, taking into account 
the structure of the group and the 
company, the accounting processes 
and controls, and the industry in 
which they operate.

The Group and all of its subsidiaries 
are based in the UK. There is one 
trading entity, Motorpoint Limited, 
which has 17 retail sites, as at 31 
March 2022, spread across the UK. 
Motorpoint Limited and Motorpoint 
Group Plc, the Company, were 
considered to be significant 
components, due to their contribution 
to the Group financial statements. Full 
scope audits were carried out on both 
of these components. The audit work 
performed over Motorpoint Limited 
and Motorpoint Group Plc gave us the 

evidence we needed for our opinion 
on the Group financial statements 
as a whole. These two entities cover 
100% of the Group’s revenue and 
profit before tax. All audit work was 
completed by the Group audit team. 
We made enquiries of management 
to understand management’s process 
for assessing climate-related risks and 
opportunities, the extent of potential 
impact of climate change risk on 
the Group’s financial statements 
and the Group’s preparedness for 
this. The Environmental, Social and 
Governance report describes and 
explains how climate change could 
have an impact on the group’s 
business. Using our knowledge of 
the business we considered whether 
the risks identified by management 
are materially complete and have 
been appropriately estimated and 
disclosed in the financial statements. 
We have assessed how the group 

has considered the impact of climate 
change risk on the impairment 
assessment over non-current 
assets and in the Group’s viability 
assessment.

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced 
by our application of materiality. We 
set certain quantitative thresholds 
for materiality. These, together with 
qualitative considerations, helped us 
to determine the scope of our audit 
and the nature, timing and extent of 
our audit procedures on the individual 
financial statement line items and 
disclosures and in evaluating the 
effect of misstatements, both 
individually and in aggregate on 
the financial statements as a whole. 
Based on our professional judgement, 
we determined materiality for the 
financial statements as a whole  
as follows:

Strategic ReportFinancial StatementsGovernanceMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

108

109

Independent auditors’ report continued

Overall materiality

£1,075,000 (2021: £845,000).

£914,000 (2021: £720,000).

Financial statements – group

Financial statements – company

How we  
determined it

Rationale for 
benchmark  
applied

5% of profit before tax (2021: 5% of three  
year average adjusted profit before tax).

1% of total assets, restricted by component 
materiality allocation.

We have applied this benchmark, a generally 
accepted auditing benchmark, as we believe  
that this is the key measure used by the 
shareholders in evaluating the performance  
of the group.

We have applied this benchmark, a generally 
accepted auditing benchmark, as we believe  
that this is the key measure used by the 
shareholders in evaluating the performance  
of the parent company.

For each component in the scope 
of our group audit, we allocated 
a materiality that is less than our 
overall group materiality. The range 
of materiality allocated across 
components was between £917,000 
and £1,021,000.

We use performance materiality 
to reduce to an appropriately 
low level the probability that the 
aggregate of uncorrected and 
undetected misstatements exceeds 
overall materiality. Specifically, we 
use performance materiality in 
determining the scope of our audit 
and the nature and extent of our 
testing of account balances, classes 
of transactions and disclosures, for 
example in determining sample sizes. 
Our performance materiality was 
75% (2021: 75%) of overall materiality, 
amounting to £806,000 (2021: 
£634,000) for the group financial 
statements and £686,000 (2021: 
£540,000) for the company financial 
statements.

In determining the performance 
materiality, we considered a 
number of factors - the history of 
misstatements, risk assessment and 
aggregation risk and the effectiveness 
of controls - and concluded that 
an amount at the upper end of our 
normal range was appropriate.

We agreed with the Audit Committee 
that we would report to them 
misstatements identified during 
our audit above £50,000 (group 
audit) (2021: £40,000) and £50,000 
(company audit) (2021: £40,000) as 
well as misstatements below those 
amounts that, in our view, warranted 
reporting for qualitative reasons.

Conclusions relating  
to going concern

Our evaluation of the directors’ 
assessment of the group’s and the 
company’s ability to continue to 
adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting included:

•  We reviewed the board approved 
budget/ forecasts to support the 
going concern assumptions and 
impairment assessments;

•  We assessed management’s 

historical forecasting accuracy;

•  We compared the budgets 
and forecasts used in the 
going concern and impairment 
assessments to actual post year 
end data;

•  We challenged the key 
assumptions used in 
management’s models and 
reviewed the downside models 
to assess the impact on covenant 
liquidity and impairment 
headroom;

•  We verified the arithmetic 

accuracy of management’s 
models mentioned above; and

•  We reviewed management’s 

disclosures in relation to going 
concern and found them to be 
consistent with the modelling 
performed.

Based on the work we have 
performed, we have not identified 
any material uncertainties relating to 
events or conditions that, individually 
or collectively, may cast significant 
doubt on the group’s and the 
company’s ability to continue as 
a going concern for a period of at 

least twelve months from when the 
financial statements are authorised 
for issue.

In auditing the financial statements, 
we have concluded that the directors’ 
use of the going concern basis of 
accounting in the preparation of the 
financial statements is appropriate.

However, because not all future 
events or conditions can be 
predicted, this conclusion is not a 
guarantee as to the group’s and the 
company’s ability to continue as a 
going concern.

In relation to the directors’ reporting 
on how they have applied the UK 
Corporate Governance Code, we 
have nothing material to add or draw 
attention to in relation to the directors’ 
statement in the financial statements 
about whether the directors 
considered it appropriate to adopt the 
going concern basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the 
responsibilities of the directors 
with respect to going concern are 
described in the relevant sections  
of this report.

Reporting on other 
information

The other information comprises 
all of the information in the Annual 
Report other than the financial 
statements and our auditors’ report 
thereon. The directors are responsible 
for the other information, which 
includes reporting based on the Task 
Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures (TCFD) recommendations. 
Our opinion on the financial 

•  The directors’ statement in 

the financial statements about 
whether they considered it 
appropriate to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting 
in preparing them, and their 
identification of any material 
uncertainties to the group’s and 
company’s ability to continue 
to do so over a period of at 
least twelve months from the 
date of approval of the financial 
statements;

•  The directors’ explanation as to 
their assessment of the group’s 
and company’s prospects, the 
period this assessment covers and 
why the period is appropriate; and

•  The directors’ statement as to 

whether they have a reasonable 
expectation that the company will 
be able to continue in operation 
and meet its liabilities as they 
fall due over the period of its 
assessment, including any related 
disclosures drawing attention to 
any necessary qualifications or 
assumptions.

Our review of the directors’ statement 
regarding the longer-term viability 
of the group was substantially less 
in scope than an audit and only 
consisted of making inquiries and 
considering the directors’ process 
supporting their statement; checking 
that the statement is in alignment 
with the relevant provisions of the  
UK Corporate Governance Code; and 
considering whether the statement 
is consistent with the financial 
statements and our knowledge and 
understanding of the group and 
company and their environment 
obtained in the course of the audit.

statements does not cover the 
other information and, accordingly, 
we do not express an audit opinion 
or, except to the extent otherwise 
explicitly stated in this report, any 
form of assurance thereon.

In connection with our audit of the 
financial statements, our responsibility 
is to read the other information and, in 
doing so, consider whether the other 
information is materially inconsistent 
with the financial statements or 
our knowledge obtained in the 
audit, or otherwise appears to be 
materially misstated. If we identify 
an apparent material inconsistency 
or material misstatement, we are 
required to perform procedures 
to conclude whether there is a 
material misstatement of the 
financial statements or a material 
misstatement of the other 
information. If, based on the work we 
have performed, we conclude that 
there is a material misstatement of 
this other information, we are required 
to report that fact. We have nothing to 
report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic report 
and Directors’ report, we also 
considered whether the disclosures 
required by the UK Companies Act 
2006 have been included.

Based on our work undertaken in the 
course of the audit, the Companies 
Act 2006 requires us also to report 
certain opinions and matters as 
described below.

Strategic report and 
Directors’ report
In our opinion, based on the work 
undertaken in the course of the 
audit, the information given in the 
Strategic report and Directors’ report 
for the year ended 31 March 2022 
is consistent with the financial 
statements and has been prepared 
in accordance with applicable 
legal requirements.

In light of the knowledge and 
understanding of the group and 
company and their environment 
obtained in the course of the audit, 
we did not identify any material 
misstatements in the Strategic  
report and Directors’ report.

Directors’ Remuneration
In our opinion, the part of the 
Remuneration Committee report 
to be audited has been properly 
prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006.

Corporate governance 
statement

The Listing Rules require us to review 
the directors’ statements in relation 
to going concern, longer-term 
viability and that part of the corporate 
governance statement relating to 
the company’s compliance with 
the provisions of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code specified for our 
review. Our additional responsibilities 
with respect to the corporate 
governance statement as other 
information are described in the 
Reporting on other information 
section of this report.

Based on the work undertaken as 
part of our audit, we have concluded 
that each of the following elements 
of the corporate governance 
statement, included within the 
Corporate governance report is 
materially consistent with the financial 
statements and our knowledge 
obtained during the audit, and we 
have nothing material to add or  
draw attention to in relation to:

•  The directors’ confirmation that 
they have carried out a robust 
assessment of the emerging  
and principal risks;

•  The disclosures in the Annual 
Report that describe those 
principal risks, what procedures 
are in place to identify emerging 
risks and an explanation of how 
these are being managed or 
mitigated;

Strategic ReportFinancial StatementsGovernanceMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

110

111

Independent auditors’ report continued

In addition, based on the work 
undertaken as part of our audit, we 
have concluded that each of the 
following elements of the corporate 
governance statement is materially 
consistent with the financial 
statements and our knowledge 
obtained during the audit:

•  The directors’ statement that they 
consider the Annual Report, taken 
as a whole, is fair, balanced and 
understandable, and provides 
the information necessary for 
the members to assess the 
group’s and company’s position, 
performance, business model  
and strategy;

•  The section of the Annual Report 
that describes the review of 
effectiveness of risk management 
and internal control systems; and

•  The section of the Annual Report 
describing the work of the Audit 
Committee.

We have nothing to report in respect 
of our responsibility to report when 
the directors’ statement relating to 
the company’s compliance with the 
Code does not properly disclose a 
departure from a relevant provision of 
the Code specified under the Listing 
Rules for review by the auditors.

Responsibilities for the 
financial statements and 
the audit

Responsibilities of the directors 
for the financial statements
As explained more fully in 
the Statement of directors’ 
responsibilities, the directors are 
responsible for the preparation of the 
financial statements in accordance 
with the applicable framework and for 
being satisfied that they give a true 
and fair view. The directors are also 
responsible for such internal control 
as they determine is necessary to 
enable the preparation of financial 

statements that are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud 
or error.

In preparing the financial statements, 
the directors are responsible for 
assessing the group’s and the 
company’s ability to continue as 
a going concern, disclosing, as 
applicable, matters related to going 
concern and using the going concern 
basis of accounting unless the 
directors either intend to liquidate  
the group or the company or to  
cease operations, or have no  
realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the 
audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain 
reasonable assurance about whether 
the financial statements as a whole 
are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to 
issue an auditors’ report that includes 
our opinion. Reasonable assurance is 
a high level of assurance, but is not a 
guarantee that an audit conducted in 
accordance with ISAs (UK) will always 
detect a material misstatement when 
it exists. Misstatements can arise from 
fraud or error and are considered 
material if, individually or in the 
aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis 
of these financial statements.

Irregularities, including fraud, are 
instances of non-compliance 
with laws and regulations. We 
design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to 
detect material misstatements in 
respect of irregularities, including 
fraud. The extent to which our 
procedures are capable of detecting 
irregularities, including fraud, is 
detailed below.

Based on our understanding of the 
group and industry, we identified 
that the principal risks of non-

compliance with laws and regulations 
related to the Listing Rules, UK tax 
legislation and Financial Conduct 
Authority regulations, and we 
considered the extent to which non-
compliance might have a material 
effect on the financial statements. 
We also considered those laws and 
regulations that have a direct impact 
on the financial statements such 
as the Companies Act 2006. We 
evaluated management’s incentives 
and opportunities for fraudulent 
manipulation of the financial 
statements (including the risk of 
override of controls), and determined 
that the principal risks were related 
to posting of inappropriate journal 
entries with unusual account 
combinations to increase revenue 
or reduce expenditure, and 
management bias in accounting 
estimates. Audit procedures 
performed by the engagement  
team included:

•  Review of correspondence  

with regulators;

•  Enquiries of management 
including consideration of  
known or suspected instances  
of non-compliance with laws  
and regulations or fraud;

•  Review minutes of meetings 
held by those charged with 
governance;

•  Challenging assumptions 
and judgements made by 
management in their significant 
accounting estimates to identify 
potential management bias, in 
particular in relation inventory 
valuation; and

• 

Identifying and testing journal 
entries, in particular any journal 
entries posted with unusual 
account combinations that 
increase revenue or reduce 
expenditure.

Other matter

In due course, as required by 
the Financial Conduct Authority 
Disclosure Guidance and 
Transparency Rule 4.1.14R, these 
financial statements will form part of 
the ESEF-prepared annual financial 
report filed on the National Storage 
Mechanism of the Financial Conduct 
Authority in accordance with the ESEF 
Regulatory Technical Standard (‘ESEF 
RTS’). This auditors’ report provides no 
assurance over whether the annual 
financial report will be prepared using 
the single electronic format specified 
in the ESEF RTS.

Mark Skedgel 
(Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chartered Accountants and Statutory 
Auditors 
Birmingham 
15 June 2022

There are inherent limitations in the 
audit procedures described above. 
We are less likely to become aware 
of instances of non-compliance 
with laws and regulations that are 
not closely related to events and 
transactions reflected in the financial 
statements. Also, the risk of not 
detecting a material misstatement 
due to fraud is higher than the risk 
of not detecting one resulting from 
error, as fraud may involve deliberate 
concealment by, for example, forgery 
or intentional misrepresentations,  
or through collusion.

Our audit testing might include 
testing complete populations of 
certain transactions and balances, 
possibly using data auditing 
techniques. However, it typically 
involves selecting a limited number 
of items for testing, rather than 
testing complete populations. We 
will often seek to target particular 
items for testing based on their size 
or risk characteristics. In other cases, 
we will use audit sampling to enable 
us to draw a conclusion about the 
population from which the sample  
is selected.

A further description of our 
responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements is located on 
the FRC’s website at: www.frc.org.
uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This 
description forms part of our  
auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, 
has been prepared for and only for 
the company’s members as a body in 
accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 
of the Companies Act 2006 and for 
no other purpose. We do not, in giving 
these opinions, accept or assume 
responsibility for any other purpose 
or to any other person to whom this 
report is shown or into whose hands 
it may come save where expressly 
agreed by our prior consent in writing.

Other required 
reporting

Companies Act 2006 
exception reporting

Under the Companies Act 2006  
we are required to report to you if,  
in our opinion:

•  we have not obtained all the 

information and explanations  
we require for our audit; or

• 

adequate accounting records 
have not been kept by the 
company, or returns adequate for 
our audit have not been received 
from branches not visited by 
us; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ 
remuneration specified by law  
are not made; or

• 

the company financial statements 
and the part of the Remuneration 
Committee report to be audited 
are not in agreement with the 
accounting records and returns.

We have no exceptions to report 
arising from this responsibility.

Appointment

We were first appointed as auditors 
of Motorpoint Limited by its 
Directors on 18 September 2015 
to audit the financial statements 
for the year ended 31 March 2015 
and subsequently reappointed 
on 29 February 2016 to audit the 
financial statements for the year 
ended 31 March 2016. Following the 
reorganisation of the group headed 
by Motorpoint Holdings Limited 
and the formation of Motorpoint 
Group Plc, we were appointed by 
the Directors of Motorpoint Group 
Plc on 28 October 2016 to audit the 
financial statements for the year 
ended 31 March 2017 and subsequent 
financial periods. The period of 
total uninterrupted engagement is 
8 years, covering the years ended 
31 March 2015 to 31 March 2022.

Strategic ReportFinancial StatementsGovernance 
Motorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

112

113

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the year ended 31 March 2022

Consolidated balance sheet
As at 31 March 2022

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Operating expenses 

Operating profit
Finance expense

Profit before taxation
Taxation

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income and expenses:
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Tax relating to items which will not be reclassified to profit or loss

Other comprehensive expense

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to equity  
holders of the parent

Earnings per share attributable to equity holders of the parent
Basic
Diluted

The Group’s activities all derive from continuing operations.

Note

6
7

7

11

12

12

13
13

2022 
£m

1,322.3
(1,216.0)

106.3
(81.3)

25.0
(3.5)

21.5
(4.6)

16.9

(0.2)

(0.2)

16.7

18.7p
18.7p

2021 
£m

721.4
(658.9)

62.5
(49.9)

12.6
(2.9)

9.7
(2.1)

7.6

–

–

7.6

8.4p
8.4p

The notes on pages 116 to 140 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

ASSETS
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets
Intangible assets
Deferred tax asset

Total non-current assets

Current assets
Assets held for sale
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Current tax receivable
Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

TOTAL ASSETS

LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables, excluding contract liabilities
Borrowings
Lease liabilities
Current tax liabilities
Provisions

Total current liabilities

Net current assets

Non-current liabilities
Lease liabilities
Provisions

Total non-current liabilities

TOTAL LIABILITIES

NET ASSETS

EQUITY
Called up share capital
Capital redemption reserve
Capital reorganisation reserve
EBT reserve
Retained earnings

TOTAL EQUITY

Note

16
17
15
18

20
19
21
12
22

24
23
17
12
25

17
25

28
29
30
31

2022 
£m

10.9
46.7
0.6
1.0

59.2

9.2
228.4
13.6
– 
7.8

259.0

318.2

(193.8)
(29.0)
(3.3)
(0.6)
(0.1)

(226.8)

32.2

(49.5)
(2.5)

(52.0)

(278.8)

2021 
£m

16.1
43.6
–
1.2

60.9

–
128.4
7.7
1.7
6.0

143.8

204.7

(125.7)
–
(2.4)
–
(0.1)

(128.2)

15.6

(46.9)
(2.0)

(48.9)

(177.1)

39.4

27.6

0.9
0.1
(0.8)
(4.7)
43.9

39.4

0.9
0.1
(0.8)
(0.1)
27.5

27.6

The consolidated financial statements on pages 112 to 140 were approved by the Board of Directors on 15 June 2022 and 
were signed on its behalf by:

M Carpenter 
Chief Executive Officer 

C Morgan
Chief Financial Officer

Motorpoint Group Plc

Registered number 10119755

Strategic ReportFinancial StatementsGovernance 
 
 
Motorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

114

115

Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
For the year ended 31 March 2022

Consolidated cash flow statement
For the year ended 31 March 2022

Balance at 1 April 2020

Profit for the year 
Other comprehensive income  
for the year

Total comprehensive income  
for the year

Transactions with owners in 
their capacity as owners:
Share-based payments
EBT share purchases and 
commitments
Share-based compensation 
options satisfied through the EBT 

34

31

31

Called up  
share capital  

Capital  
redemption  
reserve  

Capital  
reorganisation 
reserve  

£m

0.9

£m

0.1

£m

(0.8)

Note

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Balance at 31 March 2021 

0.9

0.1

(0.8)

Profit for the year 
Other comprehensive expense 
for the year 

Total comprehensive income  
for the year

Transactions with owners in 
their capacity as owners:
Share-based payments
EBT share purchases and 
commitments
Share-based compensation 
options satisfied through the EBT

34

31

31

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Balance at 31 March 2022

0.9

0.1

(0.8)

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash (used in)/generated from operations
Interest paid on borrowings and financing facilities
Interest paid on lease liabilities
Income tax paid

Net cash (used in)/generated from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets

Note

33

Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Payments to satisfy employee share plan obligations
Repayment of leases
Proceeds from/(repayment of) borrowings

Net cash generated from/(used in) financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Net cash and cash equivalents comprises: Cash at bank

2022 
£m

(5.5)
(1.8)
(1.7)
(2.3)

(11.3)

(6.9)
–

(6.9)

(5.0)
(4.0)
29.0

20.0

1.8
6.0

7.8

7.8

2021 
£m

12.4
(1.3)
(1.6)
(2.8)

6.7

(3.6)
6.1

2.5

(0.4)
(3.6)
(10.0)

(14.0)

(4.8)
10.8

6.0

6.0

EBT  
reserve  

£m

–

–

–

–

–

(0.4)

0.3

(0.1)

(0.1)

–

–

–

–

(5.0)

0.4

(4.6)

(4.7)

Retained  
earnings  

£m

20.0

7.6

–

7.6

0.2

–

(0.3)

(0.1)

27.5

16.9

Total 
 equity  

£m

20.2

7.6

–

7.6

0.2

(0.4)

–

(0.2)

27.6

16.9

(0.2)

(0.2)

16.7

16.7

0.1

–

(0.4)

(0.3)

43.9

0.1

(5.0)

–

(4.9)

39.4

The notes on pages 116 to 140 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Strategic ReportFinancial StatementsGovernanceMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

116

117

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

1. General information 
Motorpoint Group Plc (the ‘Company’) is incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006. 

The Company is a public company limited by shares and is listed on the London Stock Exchange; the address of the registered 
office is Champion House, Stephensons Way, Derby, England, United Kingdom, DE21 6LY. The consolidated financial statements 
of the Group as at and for the year ended 31 March 2022 comprise the Company, all of its subsidiaries and the Motorpoint Group 
Plc Employee Benefit Trust (the ‘EBT’) as listed on page 144, together referred to as the ‘Group’. These financial statements are 
presented in pounds sterling because that is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Group operates. 

The principal activities of the Group and the nature of the Group’s operations are set out in the Strategic Report on pages 1 to 66. 

2. Summary of significant accounting policies 
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below.  
The policies have been consistently applied to all years presented, unless otherwise stated. 

(a) Basis of preparation 
The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared and approved by the Board on a historical cost basis 
except for assets held for sale and in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards and the requirements  
of the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies reporting under those standards. 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also 
requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a 
higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial 
statements, are disclosed in note 4. 

(b) Going concern 
The financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis. The Group regularly reviews market and financial forecasts and 
has reviewed its trading prospects in its key markets. During the year significant vehicle inflation impacted stock valuations, and 
we accordingly negotiated increases in our stocking facilities from £106.0m at the start of year to £195.0m by year end. The last 
tranche of this increase was £30.0m, and this was made available in the last week of the financial year. Accordingly, this was used 
in the early part of FY23 to reduce the utilised revolving credit facility balance of £29.0m as at the year end. This revolving credit 
facility was increased by £15.0m during the year and replaced the temporary £15.0m bank overdraft which expired earlier in 
May 2021. 

In making their assessment the Directors considered the Group’s current balance sheet, and operational cash flows, the 
availability of facilities, and stress testing of the key trading assumptions within the Group’s plan. 

For the purpose of considering going concern the Group focuses on a period of at least 12 months from the point of signing 
the accounts. 

The Board has taken a severe but plausible downside scenario approach in considering the going concern status of the Group, 
reducing volumes and prices, and increasing interest rates and comparing with headroom available against banking covenants 
and liquid resources required to continue trading. Taking the base case three-year forecast as the starting point, even when 
applying a 25% reduction to revenue, as well as a substantial increase in interest costs, the covenants were not breached, and 
liquid resources were not depleted. In this model, operating costs were not flexed outside of built-in inflationary increases. 
However, in the event of a significant downturn, the Board would take mitigating measures to reduce operating costs, which 
would create further headroom. 

The Directors have made use of the post year end trading performance to provide additional insight into the continuing viability 
of the business. While only a short period has passed since the year end, this evidence adds further comfort to the continuing 
strength of the Group in an active market. Given the continued historical liquidity of the Group and sufficiency of reserves 
and cash in the stressed scenarios modelled, the Board has concluded that the Group has adequate resources to continue in 
operational existence over the going concern period and into the foreseeable future thereafter. Accordingly, they continue to 
adopt the going concern basis in preparing the consolidated financial statements.

(c) New standards, amendments and interpretations 
The Group has not early-adopted standards, interpretations or amendments that have been issued but are not mandatory for 
31 March 2022 reporting periods. 

The following amended standards and interpretations effective for the current financial year have been applied and have not 
had a significant impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements in the current or future reporting periods and on 
foreseeable future transactions. 

• 

Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Amendments to IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16; 

•  Amendments to UK and Republic of Ireland accounting standards UK’s exit from the European Union. 

(d) Basis of consolidation 
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company, entities controlled by the Company 
(its subsidiaries) and the Motorpoint Group Plc Employee Benefit Trust made up to 31 March each year. 

A list of subsidiaries is disclosed in note 3 to the Company financial statements.

The EBT is consolidated on the basis that the Company has control, thus the assets and liabilities of the EBT are included in the 
Balance Sheet and shares held by the EBT in the Company are presented as a deduction from equity. The EBT has been solely set 
up for the purpose of issuing shares to Group employees to satisfy awards under the various share-based schemes detailed in 
note 34 and has no ability to access or use assets, or settle liabilities, of the Group. 

Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, 
or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its 
power over the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are 
deconsolidated from the date that control ceases. Intercompany transactions and balances between Group companies are 
eliminated on consolidation. 

(e) Segmental reporting 
The Group has prepared segmental reporting in accordance with IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’. The Group’s chief operating 
decision maker is considered to be the Board of Directors. During the year the information presented to the Board has changed 
to reflect the different product mix and rates of growth which are expected to continue in the future between the wholesale and 
the retail revenue streams. Segmental information is presented on the same basis as the management reporting. An operating 
segment is a component of the business where discrete financial information is available and the operating results are regularly 
reviewed by the Group’s chief operating decision maker to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and  
to assess its performance. 

Operating segments are aggregated into reporting segments to combine those with similar characteristics. 

The Group operates its omnichannel vehicle retailer offering through a branch network and separate financial information is 
prepared for these individual branch operations. These branches are considered separate ‘cash-generating units’ for impairment 
purposes. However, it is considered that the nature of the operations and products is similar and they all have similar long term 
economic characteristics and the Group has applied the aggregation criteria of IFRS 8. In addition, the Group operates an 
independent trade car auction site offering a business-to-business entirely online auction market place platform which is assessed 
by the Board as a separate operation and thus there are two reportable segments: retail and wholesale. 

(f) Revenue recognition 
Revenue represents amounts chargeable, net of value added tax, in respect of the sale of goods and services to customers. 
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration receivable, when it can be reliably measured, and the specified 
recognition criteria for the sales type has been met. The transaction price is determined based on periodically reviewed  
prices and are separately identified on the customer’s invoice. There are no estimates of variable consideration. 

The transaction price for motor vehicles and motor related services is at fair value as if each of those products are 
sold individually.

(i) Sales of motor vehicles 
Revenue from sale of motor vehicles is recognised when the control has passed; that is, when the vehicle has been collected by, 
or delivered to, the customer. Payment of the transaction price is due immediately when the customer purchases the vehicle. 
Sales of accessories, such as mats, are recognised in the same way.

(ii) Sales of motor related services and commissions 
Motor related services sales include commissions on finance introductions, extended guarantees and vehicle asset protection as 
well as the sale of paint protection products. Sales of paint protection products are recognised when the control has passed; that 
is, the protection has been applied and the product is supplied to the customer. 

Vehicle extended guarantees where the Group is contractually responsible for future claims are accounted for by deferring 
the guarantee income received along with direct selling costs, and then releasing the income on a straight line basis over the 
remaining life of the guarantee. Costs in relation to servicing the extended guarantee income are expensed to the statement of 
comprehensive income as incurred. The Group has not sold any of these policies in the current or prior period but continues to 
release income in relation to legacy sales.

Vehicle extended guarantees and asset protection (‘GAP insurance’) where the Group is not contractually responsible for future 
claims, are accounted for by recognising the commissions attributable to Motorpoint at the point of sale to the customer. 

Where the Group receives finance commission income, primarily arising when the customer uses third-party finance to purchase 
the vehicle, the Group recognises such income on an ‘as earned’ basis. 

The assessment is based on whether the Group controls the specific goods and services before transferring them to the end 
customer, rather than whether it has exposure to significant risks and rewards associated with the sale of goods or services.

Strategic ReportFinancial StatementsGovernanceMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

118

119

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Products and services

Nature, timing of satisfaction of performance obligations and significant payment terms

Sale of motor vehicles

The Group sells nearly new vehicles and accessories to retail customers. Revenue is 
recognised at the point the vehicle is collected by, or delivered to, the customer. The 
satisfaction of the performance obligation occurs on delivery or collection of the product. 

Sales of motor related services 
and commissions

The Group also sells vehicles acquired through retail customer trade-ins to trade 
customers through its website Auction4Cars.com. Vehicles do not leave the premises 
until they are paid for in full and therefore the revenue and the profit are recognised at  
the point of sale. The satisfaction of the performance obligation occurs on collection  
of the vehicle.

The Group operates a return policy which is consistent with the relevant consumer 
protection regulations. This is offered in the form of a free nationwide Home Delivery 
service with a 14 day money back guarantee to all retail customers.

The Group receives commissions when it arranges finance, insurance packages, extended 
warranty and paint protection for its customers, acting as agent on behalf of a limited 
number of finance, insurance and other companies. For finance and insurance packages, 
commission is earned and recognised as revenue when the customer draws down the 
finance or commences the insurance policy from the supplier which coincides with the 
delivery of the product or service. Commissions receivable for all motor related services 
are paid typically in the month after the finance is drawn down. For extended warranty 
and paint protection, the commission earned by the Group as an agent is recognised as 
revenue at the point of sale on behalf of the Principal. 

The Group offered an Extended Guarantee for either 12 or 24 months, which commenced 
from the end of the manufacturer’s warranty period. The revenue is deferred until the 
start of the policy period, and then released on a straight line basis over the policy term. 
Any directly attributable costs from the sale (e.g. sales commission) are also deferred 
and released over the same period. Customer claims are taken to the statement of 
comprehensive income as they are incurred during the policy term.

(g) Dividend distribution 
Dividend distribution to the Group’s shareholders is recognised as a liability in the Group’s financial statements in the period which 
the dividends are approved. 

(h) Foreign currency 
The Group’s functional and presentation currency is the pound sterling. 

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of 
the transactions or valuation where items are re-measured. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of 
such transactions and from the translation at year end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign 
currencies are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income. 

(i) Intangible assets other than goodwill
Intangible assets with finite useful lives that are acquired separately are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and 
accumulated impairment losses. The estimated useful life and amortisation method are reviewed annually with the effect of any 
changes being reflected on a prospective basis.

Intangible assets acquired in a business combination and recognised separately from goodwill are initially recognised at their fair 
value at the acquisition date. Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets acquired in a business combination are reported 
at their initial fair value less amortisation and accumulated impairment losses.

Research costs are expensed as incurred. An intangible asset arising from development expenditure on a project is only 
recognised if management considers that it is technically feasible and that there are sufficient resources available to complete 
the asset so that it will be available for use or sale, that it intends to complete and is able to sell or use the asset to generate future 
economic benefits and that the costs of the development project can be measured reliably. Following the initial recognition of the 
expenditure, the asset will be carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses.

Amortisation is applied once the asset is available for use to write off the cost over the period which is expected to benefit from 
the sale of the asset.

The annual amortisation rates applied to the Group’s intangible assets on a straight line basis are as follows:

Asset class

IT Projects

Depreciation method and rate

20% straight line

(j) Property, plant and equipment 
Property, plant and equipment is stated at the cost less depreciation. The cost of property, plant and equipment includes directly 
attributable costs. Depreciation is provided on tangible fixed assets so as to write off the cost or valuation, less any estimated 
residual value, over their expected useful economic life as follows:

Asset class

Depreciation method and rate

Land
Freehold property
Short term leasehold improvements
Plant and machinery
Fixtures and fittings
Office equipment

Nil
5% straight line
Lower of 20% straight line or remaining lease term
20% straight line
20% straight line
20% – 33.3% straight line

Assets in the course of construction are recorded separately within property, plant and equipment and are transferred to the 
appropriate classification when complete and depreciated from the date they are brought into use.

The residual values of the assets and their useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance sheet date.  
The carrying value of assets is reviewed for impairment if events or changes in circumstances suggest that the carrying value  
may not be recoverable. Assets are written down to their recoverable amount if lower than their carrying value, and any 
impairment is charged to the statement of comprehensive income. 

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognised in the 
statement of comprehensive income within ‘other income’. 

(k) Financial instruments
IFRS 9 requires an entity to recognise financial assets and financial liabilities in the Group’s Balance Sheet when the Group 
becomes party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. 

The Group classifies financial instruments, or their component parts, on initial recognition as financial assets, financial liabilities  
or equity instruments according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into. 

An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Group after deducting all of its liabilities. 
Equity instruments issued by the Group are recorded as the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs. 

Financial assets 
Trade receivables are initially recognised when they originate. All other financial assets are initially recognised when the Group 
becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. 

At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value 
through profit or loss (‘FVPL’), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction 
costs of financial assets carried at FVPL are expensed in profit or loss. A trade receivable without a significant financing 
component is initially measured at the transaction price. 

A financial asset is classified either as being measured subsequently at fair value (either through other comprehensive income or 
through profit or loss), or measured at amortised cost. The classification depends on the Group’s business model for managing 
the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. 

All financial assets of the Group are classified as measured at amortised cost. Financial assets are not reclassified subsequent  
to their initial recognition unless the Group changes its business model for managing financial assets. 

A financial asset is measured at amortised cost if it meets both of the following conditions and is not designated as at fair value 
reported in profit or loss: 

• 

• 

it is held within a business model whose objective is to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows; and 

its contractual terms give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the 
principal amount outstanding. 

Financial assets at amortised cost are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. The 
amortised cost is reduced by impairment losses. Interest income, foreign exchange gains and losses, and impairments are 
recognised in profit or loss. Any gain or loss on de-recognition is recognised in profit or loss. 

The Group recognises loss allowances for Expected Credit Losses (‘ECL’) on financial assets measured at amortised cost. ECL 
are probability-weighted estimates of credit losses. Credit losses are measured as the present value of all cash shortfalls (i.e.the 
difference between the cash flows due to the Group in accordance with the contract and the cash flows that the Group expects 
to receive). All trade receivable balances are assessed individually. 

ECL are discounted at the effective interest rate of the financial asset. Loss allowances for financial assets measured at amortised 
cost are deducted from the gross carrying amount of the assets. 

Strategic ReportFinancial StatementsGovernanceMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

120

121

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether financial assets carried at amortised cost are credit-impaired. A financial 
asset is ‘credit-impaired’ when one or more events that have a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows of the 
financial asset have occurred. The gross carrying amount of a financial asset is written off (either partially or in full) to the extent 
that there is no realistic prospect of recovery. This is generally the case when the Group determines that the debtor does not have 
assets or sources of income that could generate sufficient cash flows to repay the amounts subject to the write-off. 

From time to time based on purchasing decisions the Group holds hedging instruments to hedge currency risks arising from its 
activities. Hedging instruments are recognised at fair value. Any gain or loss on re-measurement is recognised in the statement 
of comprehensive income. However, the treatment of gains or losses arising from hedging instruments which qualify for 
hedge accounting depends on the type of hedge arrangement. The fair value of hedging instruments is the estimated amount 
receivable or payable to terminate the contract determined by reference to the market prices prevailing at the balance sheet 
date. A gain or loss in respect of an effective hedge of a net investment in an overseas operation is recognised directly in equity. 
Any ineffective portion of the hedge is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income. The Group currently has no hedge 
arrangements and no gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss in administrative expenses.

Financial liabilities 
Financial liabilities are classified on initial recognition as either other financial liabilities measured at amortised cost or at fair value 
through profit or loss. 

Offsetting of financial assets and liabilities 
Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable 
right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability 
simultaneously. The legally enforceable right must not be contingent on future events and must be enforceable in the normal 
course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of the Group or the counterparty. 

(l) Leases
The Group applies IFRS 16, using the following practical expedients permitted by the standard:

• 

• 

• 

reliance on previous assessments on whether leases are onerous;

the accounting for operating leases with a remaining lease term of less than 12 months as at 1 April 2020 as short term 
leases; and

the use of hindsight in determining the lease term where the contract contains options to extend or terminate the lease.

The Group also elected not to reassess whether a contract is, or contains, a lease at the date of initial application. Instead, 
for contracts entered into before the transition date the Group relied on its assessment made applying IAS 17 and IFRIC 4 
‘Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease’.

Lease liability – initial recognition
The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date. 
The lease payments are discounted at the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. The incremental borrowing rate is determined 
based on a series of inputs including the risk free-rate based on Government bond rates in addition to specific adjustments for 
risk and security. Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise:

• 

• 

• 

• 

fixed lease payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives;

variable lease payments such as those that depend on an index or rate (such as RPI), initially measured using the index  
or rate at the commencement date;

the amount expected to be payable by the Group under residual value guarantees;

the exercise price of purchase options where the Group is reasonably certain to exercise the options; and

•  payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the exercise of an option to terminate the lease.

Break and extension options are included in leases to provide operational flexibility should the economic outlook for an asset 
be different to expectations, and hence at commencement of the lease, break or extension options are not typically considered 
reasonably certain to be exercised, unless there is a valid business reason otherwise.

The lease liability is presented as a separate line in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, split between current and non-current liabilities.

Lease liability – subsequent measurement
The lease liability is subsequently measured by increasing the carrying amount to reflect interest on the lease liability (using the 
effective interest method) and by reducing the carrying amount to reflect the lease payments made.

Lease liability – re-measurement
The lease liability is re-measured where:

• 

there is a change in the assessment of exercise of a purchase option, in which case the lease liability is re-measured by 
discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate; or

• 

• 

the lease payments change due to changes in an index or rate or a change in expected payment under a guaranteed residual 
value, in which cases the lease liability is re-measured by discounting the revised lease payments using the initial discount rate 
(unless the lease payments change is due to a change in a floating interest rate, in which case a revised discount rate is used); or

the lease contract is modified and the lease modification is not accounted for as a separate lease, in which case the lease 
liability is re-measured by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate.

When the lease liability is re-measured, an equivalent adjustment is made to the right-of-use asset unless its carrying amount is 
reduced to zero, in which case any remaining amount is recognised in profit or loss.

Right-of-use asset – initial recognition
The right-of-use asset comprises the initial measurement of the corresponding lease liability, lease payments made at or before 
the commencement date, any dilapidation or removal costs, and any initial direct costs. They are subsequently measured at cost 
less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.

Where the Group has an obligation for costs to dismantle and remove a leased asset, restore the branch on which it is located 
or restore the underlying asset to the condition required by the terms and conditions of the lease, a provision is recognised and 
measured under IAS 37. The present value of these costs are included in the related right-of-use asset.

The right-of-use asset is presented as a separate line in the Balance Sheet.

Right-of-use asset – subsequent measurement 
Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and useful life of the underlying asset. 

Impairment 
The Group applies IAS 36 to determine whether a right-of-use asset is impaired and accounts for any identified impairment loss as 
described in the ‘Impairment – non-financial assets’ policy. Variable rents that do not depend on an index or rate are not included 
in the measurement of the lease liability and the right-of-use asset. The related payments are recognised as an expense in the 
period in which the event or condition that triggers those payments occurs. 

Sale and leaseback
A sale and leaseback transaction is where the Group sells an asset and immediately re-acquires the use of the asset by entering 
into a lease with the buyer. A sale occurs when control of the underlying asset passes to the buyer. A lease liability is recognised, 
the associated property, plant and equipment asset is de-recognised, and a right-of-use asset is recognised at the proportion of 
the carrying value relating to the right retained. Any gain or loss arising relates to the rights transferred to the buyer.

(m) Inventory 
Inventory is valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value, after due regard for slow moving vehicles. 

Net realisable value is based on selling price less anticipated costs of completion and selling costs. When calculating an inventory 
provision management considers the nature and condition of the inventory as well as applying assumptions around expected 
saleability, determined on historic trading patterns. 

Inventory cost is calculated using the specific identification method.

(n) Assets held for sale 
Assets are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than 
through continuing use and a sale is considered highly probable. They are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair 
value less costs to sell, except for assets such as deferred tax assets, assets arising from employee benefits, financial assets and 
investment property that are carried at fair value and contractual rights under insurance contracts, which are specifically exempt 
from this requirement.

An impairment loss is recognised for any initial or subsequent write-down of the asset to fair value less costs to sell. A gain is 
recognised for any subsequent increases in fair value less costs to sell of an asset, but not in excess of any cumulative impairment 
loss previously recognised. A gain or loss not previously recognised by the date of the sale of the asset is recognised at the date 
of derecognition.

Assets are not depreciated or amortised while they are classified as held for sale. Interest and other expenses attributable to the 
liabilities of a disposal group classified as held for sale continue to be recognised.

Assets classified as held for sale are presented separately from the other assets in the balance sheet. 

(o) Trade receivables 
Trade receivables represent the principal amounts outstanding from finance companies in respect of the financed element of 
sales to customers for motor vehicle and related products. Trade receivables are recognised net of any provision for impairment. 

The carrying value of certain financial assets are measured on an expected credit loss approach. Trade and other receivables 
do not contain a significant financing element and therefore expected credit losses are measured using the simplified approach 
permitted by IFRS 9, which requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised from the initial recognition of the receivables.

(p) Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand and at bank, and deposits held at call with banks. Where applicable, bank 
overdrafts are shown within borrowings in current liabilities. 

Strategic ReportFinancial StatementsGovernanceMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

122

123

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
(q) Current and deferred tax 
The tax expense for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income, 
except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. 

The current tax charge is calculated on the basis of tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. 

Deferred tax is recognised, without discounting, in respect of all temporary differences arising between the treatment of certain 
items for taxation and accounting purposes, which have arisen but not reversed by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax is 
measured at the rates, based on the tax rates and law enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, that are 
expected to apply in the periods when the timing differences are expected to reverse. 

Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which 
the temporary differences can be utilised. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax 
liabilities and when the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the 
same taxable entity or different taxable entities and there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis. 

(r) Trade payables 
Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the ordinary course of business from 
suppliers. Accounts payable are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less. If not, they are presented 
as non-current liabilities.

Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest 
method, unless the effect is immaterial. 

(s) Stocking finance facilities 
Stocking finance facilities, included within trade and other payables, are borrowings secured against the vehicle against which the 
facility is drawn down. These are short term liabilities which are settled on the sale of a vehicle or a fixed maturity not greater than 
150 days and as a result form part of the normal business operating cycle (see note 23 for more details). They are recognised initially 
at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, unless the effect is immaterial. 

(t) Share capital 
Ordinary Shares are classified as equity. Costs incurred in issuing equity are deducted from the equity instrument.

(u) Provisions 
Provisions for making good obligations are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a 
result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and the amount can be 
reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognised for future operating losses. Where there are a number of similar obligations, 
the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined by considering the class of obligations as a whole. A 
provision is recognised even if the likelihood of an outflow with respect to any one item included in the same class of obligations 
may be small. 

Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present 
obligation at the end of the reporting period. The discount rate used to determine the present value is a pre-tax rate that reflects 
current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the provision due to 
the passage of time is recognised as interest expense. 

(v) Borrowings 
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently carried at 
amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. The effective interest rate method is a method of calculating the 
amortised cost and allocating the interest cost over the relevant period. 

The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments through the expected life of the 
financial instrument. 

(w) Employee benefits 
(i) Pensions 
The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme for employees. The assets of the scheme are held separately from 
those of the Group. The annual contributions are charged in the statement of comprehensive income in the year in which they 
become payable in accordance with the rules of the scheme. 

(ii) Other employee benefits 
The Group recognises an expense for other short-term employee benefits, primarily holiday pay and employee commissions  
and bonuses on an accruals basis. 

(iii) Share-based compensation 
Equity-settled share-based compensation to employees and others providing similar services are measured at the fair value 
of the equity instruments at the grant date. The estimate is measured using the Black-Scholes pricing model and excludes the 
effect of non-market based vesting conditions. Details regarding the determination of the fair value of equity-settled share-based 
transactions are set out in note 34. 

The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based compensation is expensed on a straight line basis over 
the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimates of equity instruments that will eventually vest. At each balance sheet date, the 
Group revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected to vest as a result of the effect of non-market based vesting 
conditions. The impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income such 
that the cumulative expenses reflect the revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to equity reserves. 

SAYE share options granted to employees are treated as cancelled when employees cease to contribute to the scheme. This 
results in accelerated recognition of the expenses that would have arisen over the remainder of the original vesting period. 

Cash-settled share-based compensation to employees and others providing similar services is measured at the fair value of the 
equity instruments at the grant date. A liability is recognised at the current fair value determined at each balance sheet date and 
at settlement. 

(x) Government grants
Grants are recognised only when there is reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with the conditions attached to them 
and that the grants will be received. Grants that are receivable as compensation for expenses already incurred are recognised in 
the statement of comprehensive income in the period in which they become receivable. 

(y) Earnings per share (‘EPS’)
The Group presents basic and diluted EPS for its Ordinary Shares. Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to 
Ordinary Shareholders by the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares outstanding during the year. For diluted EPS, the 
weighted average number of Ordinary Shares is adjusted to assume conversion of all dilutive potential Ordinary Shares. 

(z) Exceptional items 
Material non-recurring items of income and expense are disclosed as ‘exceptional items’. Examples of items that may give rise to 
disclosure as exceptional items include costs of major restructuring and reorganisation of the business, corporate refinancing and 
restructuring costs. 

3. Underlying profit measures 
The Group’s chief operating decision maker is considered to be the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors measures the 
overall performance of the Group by reference to the following non-GAAP measures: 

• 

• 

earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (‘EBITDA’);

operating profit before exceptional items (adjusted operating profit); and 

•  profit before taxation before exceptional items (adjusted profit before taxation).

The adjusted measures are applied by the Board of Directors to understand the earning trends of the Group and are considered 
the most meaningful measures by which to assess the true operating performance of the Group. In the current and prior year 
there are no exceptional items noted; however these underlying profit measures remain valid when considering earlier years.

4. Critical accounting estimates and judgements 
The preparation of financial statements requires the use of accounting estimates which, by definition, will seldom equal the 
actual results. Management also needs to exercise judgement in applying the Group’s accounting policies. This note provides 
an overview of the areas that involved a higher degree of judgement or complexity, and of items which are more likely to be 
materially adjusted due to estimates and assumptions turning out to be wrong. Detailed information about each of these 
estimates and judgements is included in other notes together with information about the basis of calculation for each affected 
line item in the financial statements.

Inventory provisions (note 19): Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. As in previous years, a provision 
is included where management feels net realisable value falls below cost. The level of provision is determined by management 
estimates based on historical and forecast sales and potential net realisable value. 

Significant judgements 
IFRS 16 Lease term (note 17): The lease term is a significant component in the measurement of both the right-of-use asset and 
lease liability. Where leases contain options to break, the Group has assumed that these are exercised, unless there is reasonable 
certainty that the lease will be extended, and therefore the assumed duration for the liability is to the break point. Similarly, for 
any extension options, these have not been assumed to be utilised unless there is reasonable certainty. Judgement is exercised 
in determining whether there is reasonable certainty that an option to extend the lease or purchase the underlying asset will be 
exercised, or an option to terminate the lease will not be exercised, when ascertaining the periods to be included in the lease 
term. In determining the lease term, all facts and circumstances that create an economical incentive to exercise an extension 
option, or not to exercise a termination option, are considered at the lease commencement date. The Group reassesses whether 
it is reasonably certain to exercise an extension option, or not exercise a termination option, if there is a significant event or 
significant change in circumstances. 

Future possible cash outflows not included in the lease liability
Some leases contain break clauses or extension options to provide operational flexibility. Potential future undiscounted lease 
payments not included in the reasonably certain lease term, and hence not included in lease liabilities, total £4.6m (FY21: £4.5m). 
Future increases or decreases in rentals linked to an index or rate are not included in the lease liability until the change in cash 
flows takes effect. 

Strategic ReportFinancial StatementsGovernanceMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

124

125

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

5. Segmental information
The Group has prepared segmental reporting in accordance with IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’. During the year the information 
presented to the Board has changed to reflect the different product mix and rates of growth which are expected to continue 
in the future between the wholesale and retail revenue streams. Segmental information is presented on the same basis as the 
management reporting.

(a) Description of segments and principal activities 
The Group’s operating segments are determined based on the Group’s internal reporting to the Board. The performance of 
operating segments is assessed by the Board on the basis of gross profit with all assets and liabilities assessed on a Group basis.

The Board examines the Group’s performance from a product perspective and has identified two reportable segments of 
its business:

•  Retail – the Motorpoint brand is an omnichannel vehicle retailer offering nearly new cars that are under four years old or have 
completed less than 30,000 miles. This segment also includes a range of commercial vehicles under the Motorpoint brand.

•  Wholesale – Auction4Cars.com is an independent trade car auction site offering a business-to-business entirely online auction 
market place platform allowing an efficient and quick route for sale of part exchange vehicles which do not fall into the nearly 
new retail criteria and purchases direct from consumers. 

(b) Segment gross profit

Gross profit
Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit

Retail 
2022  
£m

Retail 
2021  
£m

Wholesale 
2022 
£m

Wholesale 
2021 
£m

Total 
2022 
£m

1,112.3
(1,021.3)

91.0

593.8
(539.7)

54.1

210.0
(194.7)

15.3

127.6
(119.2)

1,322.3
(1,216.0)

8.4

106.3

Total 
2021 
£m

721.4
(658.9)

62.5

Transactions between operating segments are made on an arm’s length basis in a manner similar to those with third parties.

Cost of sales are specific and therefore directly attributable to each segment. Operating and financial expenses are not 
segregated for internal reporting purposes and hence have not been disclosed here.

(c) Other profit and loss disclosures
There was no impairment charge or other significant non-cash item recognised in FY22 (FY21: £Nil).

(d) Segment assets and liabilities
Segment assets and liabilities are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. No further disclosure has been 
provided here, as internally assets and liabilities are not segregated for reporting purposes.

6. Revenue 
Revenue has been analysed between the sale of goods and the sale of services below. 

Revenue from the sale of motor vehicles is split in note 5 above. All other revenue below relates to the retail segment as defined  
in note 5a.

Revenue analysis
Revenue from sale of motor vehicles
Revenue from motor related services and commissions
Revenue recognised that was included in deferred income at the beginning  
of the year – Sale of motor vehicles
Revenue recognised that was included in deferred income at the beginning  
of the year – Motor related services and commissions
Revenue recognised that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning  
of the year – Extended guarantee income

2022 
£m

1,253.1
62.9

3.3

3.0

–

2021 
£m

687.5 
29.0

1.7

3.0

0.2

The Group recognises the following accrued income balances:

Accrued income
Commissions1

1  Accrued income relates to commissions earned from finance companies received the following month. 

The Group recognises the following deferred income balances within accruals and deferred income:

Deferred income
Vehicles invoiced not collected
Commissions received not earned

Total deferred income

7. Operating profit 
Analysed as:

Operating profit include the effect of charging:

Inventory recognised as expense
Write down of inventories recognised as an expense
Employee benefit expense (note 9)
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (note 16) and right-of-use assets (note 17)
Expense on short term and low value leases
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Total expenses comprise:

Cost of sales
Operating expenses:
Selling and distribution expenses
Administrative expenses

Total operating expenses

Total expenses

2022  
£m

0.1

0.1

2022  
£m

3.9
3.0

6.9

2022 
£m

1,210.7
1.0
34.7
7.3
0.4
–

2022 
£m

2021  
£m

0.4

0.4

2021  
£m

3.3
3.0

6.3

2021 
£m

654.9
0.2
25.6
5.7
0.2
0.1

2021 
£m

1,216.0

658.9

28.6
52.7

81.3

13.9
36.0

49.9

1,297.3

708.8

Receipts associated with the Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme of £0.1m which related to April 2021 were repaid in full to HMRC 
before the end of the year (FY21: £3.9m claimed).

8. Auditor’s remuneration

Auditor’s remuneration:
Fees payable for the audit of the parent Company and consolidated financial statements 
Fees payable for the audit of the Company’s subsidiaries

Fees payable for non-audit services

2022  
£m

0.2
–

–

0.2

2021  
£m

0.2
–

–

0.2

Total revenue 

1,322.3

721.4

Total

The Group has no contract liabilities (FY21: £Nil).

Non-audit services relate to access to the auditor’s generic online accounting manual.

Strategic ReportFinancial StatementsGovernanceMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

126

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

9. Employees and Directors

The aggregate employee benefit expenses were as follows:

Employee benefit expenses:
Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Pension costs
Share-based compensation charge (note 34)

2022 
£m

30.8
3.2
0.6
0.1

34.7

2021 
£m

22.1
2.7
0.6
0.2

25.6

The average monthly number of employees (including Directors but excluding third party contractors) employed by the Group 
was as follows:

Average number of people employed:
Sales and operations
Administration and support

2022 
No.

589
291

880

2021 
No.

517
252

769

Receipts associated with the Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme of £0.1m which related to April 2021 were repaid in full to HMRC 
before the end of the year (FY21: £3.9m claimed).

10. Directors’ and key management remuneration
Key management has been identified as the Directors of Motorpoint Group Plc.

Short term employee benefits
Share-based payment
Employer contributions paid to money purchase schemes

During the year the number of key management who were receiving benefits was 2 (FY21: 2). 

In respect of the highest paid Director refer to page 91 of the Annual Report on Remuneration.

11. Finance expense

Interest on bank borrowings
Interest on stocking finance facilities 
Other interest payable

Total finance expense

2022 
£m

1.0
–
–

1.0

2022 
£m

0.3
1.5
1.7

3.5

2021 
£m

0.6
–
–

0.6

2021 
£m

0.2
1.1
1.6

2.9

12. Taxation
The tax charge in the statement of comprehensive income represents:

Current tax:
UK corporation tax 
Adjustment in respect of prior years

Total current tax

Deferred tax:
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
Impact of UK corporation tax rate change

Total deferred tax

Total tax charge in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income

2022 
£m

4.3
0.3

4.6

0.2
(0.2)

–

4.6

Reconciliation of the total tax charge
The tax charge in the statement of comprehensive income in the year differs from the charge which would result from the 
standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19% (FY21: 19%):

Profit before taxation

Profit before taxation at the standard rate of corporation tax of 19% (FY21: 19%)

Tax effect of:
– Fixed asset differences
– Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
– Adjustment in respect of prior years
– Re-measurement of deferred tax for changes in tax rates

Tax charge in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income

2022 
£m

21.5

4.1

0.3
0.1
0.3
(0.2)

4.6

127

2021 
£m

2.0
–

2.0

0.1
–

0.1

2.1

2021 
£m

9.7

1.8

0.3
–
–
–

2.1

A tax payable balance of £0.6m (FY21: tax receivable balance of £1.7m) is included within current liabilities (FY21: current assets)  
as a result of the timing of the payments on account to HMRC.

Amounts recognised directly in equity

Aggregate current and deferred tax arising in the reporting period and recognised  
in other comprehensive income and directly debited or credited to equity:
– Deferred tax: Remeasurement of deferred tax for changes in tax rates
– Deferred tax: Adjustment in respect of prior years

Tax charge in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income

2022 
£m

(0.2)
0.4

0.2

2021 
£m

–
–

–

Factors affecting current and future tax charges
An increase in the UK corporation tax rate from 19% to 25% (effective 1 April 2023) was substantively enacted on 24 May 2021. 
As at the balance sheet date of 31 March 2022 the deferred tax asset has been calculated based on these rates, reflecting the 
expected timing of reversal of the related temporary differences (FY21: 19%). 

Strategic ReportFinancial StatementsGovernanceMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

128

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

13. Earnings per share
Basic and diluted EPS are calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to equity shareholders by the weighted average number 
of Ordinary Shares during the year.

Profit attributable to Ordinary Shareholders (£m)

Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares in issue (‘000)

Basic EPS (pence)

Diluted weighted average number of Ordinary Shares in issue (‘000)

Diluted EPS (pence)

2022

16.9

2021

7.6

90,190

90,190

18.7

8.4

90,259

90,265

18.7

8.4

The difference between the basic and diluted weighted average number of shares represents the dilutive effect of the currently 
operating schemes and the vested but not yet exercised options. This is shown in the reconciliation below.

The shares for the PSP20 scheme, RSA21 and RSA22 have performance criteria which have not been met so the options are not 
yet dilutive. There is a maximum of 1,142,392 additional options which have not been included in the dilutive calculation in relation 
to these schemes. Further information is included in note 34. 

Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares in issue (‘000)
Adjustment for share options (‘000)

Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares for diluted earnings per share (‘000)

14. Dividends
During the year no dividends were paid (FY21: £Nil).

The Board has not proposed a final dividend (FY21: £Nil) for the year ended 31 March 2022. 

15. Intangible asset

Cost and Net book value
At 1 April 2020
Additions
Disposals

At 31 March 2021
Additions
Disposals

At 31 March 2022

2022

90,190
69

90,259

2021

90,190
75

90,265

IT projects  

£m

Total  
£m

–
–
–

–
0.6
–

0.6

–
–
–

–
0.6
–

0.6

There was no amortisation charge during the year in respect of intangible assets (2021: £Nil).

The intangible assets balance comprises capitalised employee and third party costs incurred in relation to developing new 
application programming interfaces between platforms used by the Group.

129

Total  
£m

27.8
3.6
–

(5.4)

26.0
6.3
–

(9.9)

22.4

8.9
1.9

(0.9)

9.9
2.3

(0.7)

11.5

16. Property, plant and equipment

Freehold 
property  

£m

Short term 
leasehold 
improvements 
 £m

Plant and 
machinery 
£m

Fixtures 
and fittings 
£m

Office 
equipment  

Work in 
progress  

£m

£m

Cost
At 1 April 2020
Additions
Transfers
Disposals and assets  
classed as held for sale

At 31 March 2021
Additions
Transfers
Disposals and assets  
classed as held for sale

At 31 March 2022

Accumulated depreciation
At 1 April 2020
Provided during the year
Disposals and assets held  
for sale

At 31 March 2021
Provided during the year
Disposals and assets held  
for sale

At 31 March 2022

Net book value

At 31 March 2022

At 31 March 2021

At 31 March 2020

Land  
£m

6.2
–
–

5.9
2.0
2.2

(0.9)

(3.4)

5.3
–
–

(3.1)

2.2

–
–

–

–
–

–

–

2.2

5.3

6.2

6.7
–
–

(6.7)

–

0.1
0.3

(0.1)

0.3
0.4

(0.7)

–

–

6.4

5.8

2.5
0.5
(2.3)

(0.2)

0.5
2.2
(2.0)

(0.1)

0.6

–
–

–

–
–

–

–

7.2
0.3
0.1

(0.4)

7.2
2.3
0.8

–

10.3

4.3
0.9

(0.4)

4.8
1.0

–

5.8

4.5

2.4

2.9

1.5
0.1
–

(0.1)

1.5
0.3
0.4

–

2.2

1.0
0.2

(0.1)

1.1
0.2

–

1.3

0.9

0.4

0.5

1.3
0.5
–

3.2
0.2
–

(0.1)

(0.3)

1.7
0.9
0.4

–

3.0

1.1
0.1

(0.1)

1.1
0.3

–

1.4

1.6

0.6

0.2

3.1
0.6
0.4

–

4.1

2.4
0.4

(0.2)

2.6
0.4

–

3.0

1.1

0.5

0.8

0.6

0.5

2.5

10.9

16.1

18.9

The depreciation expense of £2.3m (FY21: £1.9m) has been recorded in operating expenses. 

Under IAS 36, the Group performs an annual assessment as to the existence of impairment indicators. Management identified  
an indicator of impairment as a result of the general market conditions including interest rates, inflation and supply shortages, 
which could have differing impacts at an individual site level. As such, an impairment assessment has been performed. 

Recoverable amounts for cash-generating units are the higher of fair value less costs of disposal, and value in use. Future cashflow 
projections are based on the Group’s internal forecasts and include modest ongoing performance improvement, including in the 
newest branches. The Group considers these cashflows to be reasonable and conservative. Management estimates the risk-
adjusted discount rate using pre-tax rates that reflect the current market assessment of the time value of money. 

The impairment review results in every cash-generating unit showing a sufficiency of future cashflows, so no impairment charge 
has been made. The minimum headroom on any cash-generating unit is £4.4m (FY21: £1.4m).

 The Group has carried out sensitivity analysis on the impairment tests using various reasonably possible scenarios based on 
possible market movements. No reasonable changes in assumptions applied would result in an impairment. 

The impairment review also includes performance of a high-level financial review of the asset classes and cost categories likely to 
be impacted most significantly by climate change. An exercise was undertaken as part of our financial planning to ensure that our 
climate-related risks and any associated costs had been considered when assessing the value of our assets and future cashflow 
forecasts. An estimated impact of climate-related risks was included in the impairment review performed. Although there were 
material costs anticipated as a result of climate-related risks, this did not result in any impairment being identified. 

Strategic ReportFinancial StatementsGovernanceMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

130

131

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

17. Leases
The Group only acts as a lessee.

(a) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position
The balance sheet shows the following amounts relating to leases: 

Right-of-use assets
Balance at 1 April 2020
Additions to right-of-use assets
Depreciation charge

Balance at 31 March 2021

Balance at 1 April 2021
Additions to right-of-use assets
Depreciation charge

Balance at 31 March 2022

Lease liabilities
Balance at 1 April 2020
Additions to lease liabilities
Repayment of lease liabilities (including interest element)
Interest expense related to lease liabilities

Balance at 31 March 2021

Current
Non-current

Balance at 1 April 2021
Additions to lease liabilities
Repayment of lease liabilities (including interest element)
Interest expense related to lease liabilities

Balance at 31 March 2022

Current
Non-current

Land and 
buildings 
£m

41.6
5.8
(3.8)

43.6

43.6
8.1
(5.0)

46.7

Land and 
buildings 
£m

45.4
7.5
(5.2)
1.6

49.3

2.4
46.9

49.3
7.5
(5.7)
1.7

52.8

3.3
49.5

A maturity analysis of lease liabilities based on undiscounted gross cash flows as at 31 March 2022 is reported in the table below;

Within one year
In the second to fifth years inclusive
After five years

Total minimum lease payments

Interest charges

Lease liability

(b) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income
The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases:

Depreciation charge of right-of-use assets
Buildings

Finance expense
Interest expense

2022 
£m

6.1
22.3
35.1

63.5

(10.7)

52.8

2022 
£m

5.0

1.7

2021 
£m

5.4
20.6
35.1

61.1

(11.8)

49.3

2021 
£m

3.8

1.6

The total cash outflow for leases held as right-of-use assets in FY22 was £5.7m (FY21: £5.2m).

An expense on short term leases is also included of £0.4m (FY21: £0.2m).

There are no low value leases.

(c) The Group’s leasing activities and how these are accounted for 
The Group leases various offices and retail branches. Rental contracts are typically made for fixed periods of three to 20 years,  
but may have extension options. 

Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a range of different terms and conditions. The lease agreements  
do not impose any covenants other than the security interests in the leased assets that are held by the lessor. Leased assets may 
not be used as security for borrowing purposes. 

Where leases contain options to break, the Group has assumed that these are exercised, unless there is reasonable certainty that 
the lease will be extended, and therefore the assumed duration for the liability is to the break point. Similarly, for any extension 
options, these have not been assumed to be utilised unless there is reasonable certainty. 

Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for  
use by the Group. 

Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of the liability. 

The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be readily determined, which is 
generally the case for leases in the Group, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is used, being the rate that the individual lessee 
would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic 
environment with similar terms, security and conditions. 

To determine the incremental borrowing rate, the Group: 

•  where possible, uses recent third-party financing received by the individual lessee as a starting point, adjusted to reflect 

changes in financing conditions since third party financing was received; 

• 

uses a build-up approach that starts with a risk-free interest rate adjusted for credit risk for leases held by the Group, which 
does not have recent third party financing; and 

•  makes adjustments specific to the lease where relevant. 

Lease payments are allocated between principal and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to profit or loss over the lease 
period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. 

Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term on a straight line basis.

There have been no lease payment breaks during the year.

Extension and termination options
Extension and termination options are included in a number of property and equipment leases across the Group. These are used 
to maximise operational flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in the Group’s operations. The majority of extension and 
termination options held are exercisable only by the Group and not by the respective lessor.

Impairment assessment
Management has completed an impairment review of the Group’s estate, using each Retail Branch as a cash-generating unit. 
Recoverable amounts for cash-generating units are the higher of fair value less costs of disposal, and value in use. Further detail 
can be found in note 16.

18. Deferred tax assets
The movement in deferred taxation assets and liabilities during the year, without taking into consideration the offsetting of 
balances within the same tax jurisdiction, is as follows:

Other temporary differences

At 1 April 2020
Charged to the statement of comprehensive income

At 31 March 2021

Charged to equity

At 31 March 2022

Accelerated 
capital 
allowances 
£m

Other timing 
differences 
£m

1.2
(0.1)

1.1

(0.2)

0.9

0.1
–

0.1

–

0.1

Total 
£m

1.3
(0.1)

1.2

(0.2)

1.0

Deferred tax of Nil (FY21: £0.4m) is expected to be recovered or settled within 12 months from the reporting date.

An increase in the UK corporation tax rate from 19% to 25% (effective 1 April 2023) was substantively enacted on 24 May 2021. 
As at the balance sheet date of 31 March 2022 the deferred tax asset has been calculated based on these rates, reflecting the 
expected timing of reversal of the related temporary differences (FY21: 19%).

Strategic ReportFinancial StatementsGovernanceMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

132

133

21. Trade and other receivables

Due within one year

Trade receivables1
Other receivables
VAT receivables
Prepayments 
Accrued income2

2022  
£m

9.9
–
–
3.6
0.1

13.6

 2021 
£m

2.1
0.5
3.7
1.0
0.4

7.7

Trade payables: 
– Trade creditors
– Stocking finance facilities1
Other taxes and social security: updated
– VAT payable
– PAYE/NI payable
Other creditors
Accruals and deferred income2

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

19. Inventories

Finished goods: New and used vehicles for resale

2022  
£m

228.4

2021 
£m

128.4

The replacement cost of inventories is not considered to be materially different from the above values.

Provisions against inventory total £2.5m (FY21: £1.4m).

Inventory with a carrying value of £147.0m (FY21: £89.2m) has been pledged as security for the stocking finance facilities where 
funding has been drawn down on that inventory.

20. Assets held for sale

Land and buildings

2022  
£m

9.2

2021 
£m

–

Assets classified as held for sale comprise land and buildings relating to the Group’s branches in Stockton on Tees and 
Peterborough. For Peterborough, there was the intention to sell and leaseback the property as at the year end, with a buyer found 
post year end, however, the transaction had not been completed at the date of signing. Further detail on the Stockton on Tees 
transaction can be found in note 36 Post balance sheet events.

1 

 Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and generally have a term of less than seven days. Due to their short maturities, the fair value of current trade and other 

receivables approximates to their book value. Trade receivables represent amounts due from financial institutions on the financed element of vehicle sales to 

customers. The maximum exposure to credit risk is the carrying amount. The Group has no provisions against trade receivables (FY21: £Nil). 

2   Accrued income relates to commissions earned from finance companies. 

None of the Group’s trade receivables or other receivables were past due or impaired (FY21: £Nil). Trade and other receivables  
are valued at their book value which is equivalent to fair value and all are in sterling. 

22. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand

2022 
£m

7.8

2021 
£m

6.0

23. Borrowings
The Group’s available borrowings consist of an unsecured loan facility provided by Santander UK PLC, split between £6.0m 
available as an overdraft and £29.0m available as a revolving credit facility. A temporary 12 month £15.0m overdraft facility was 
agreed with Santander UK PLC in May 2020 to help support short term cash impacts, should it have been required during the 
pandemic. This temporary £15.0m overdraft facility expired in May 2021 and subsequently a £29.0m revolving credit facility was 
negotiated in January 2022. The revolving credit facility and the overdraft expire in May 2024. As at the reporting date £29.0m 
of the revolving credit facility (FY21: £Nil) and £Nil of the overdraft (FY21: £Nil) was drawn down. The terms of the revolving credit 
facility and overdraft require a full repayment for a period of at least one day or more in each financial year and half year with no 
less than one month between repayments.

The finance charge for utilising the facility is dependent on the Group’s borrowing ratios as well as the base rate of interest in 
effect. During the year ended 31 March 2022 interest was charged at 1.4% (FY21: 1.4%) per annum. The interest charged for the  
year of £0.3m (FY21: £0.2m) has been expensed as a finance cost.

Net debt reconciliation

Net debt as at 1 April 2020
Cash flows
New leases
Other changes

Interest expense
Interest payments (presented as operating 
cash flows)

Net debt as at 31 March 2021

Financing cash flows
New leases
Other changes

Interest expense
Interest payments (presented as operating 
cash flows)

Borrowings  

£m

(10.0)
10.0
–

(1.3)

1.3

–

(29.0)
–

(1.8)

1.8

Leases  

£m

(45.4)
3.6
(7.5)

(1.6)

1.6

(49.3)

4.0
(7.5)

(1.7)

1.7

Net debt as at 31 March 2022

(29.0)

(52.8)

24. Trade and other payables: amounts due within one year

Sub-total  

£m

(55.4)
13.6
(7.5)

(2.9)

2.9

(49.3)

(25.0)
(7.5)

(3.5)

3.5

(81.8)

Cash 
 £m

10.8
(4.8)
–

–

–

6.0

1.8
–

–

–

7.8

2022 
£m

11.8
147.0

1.8
1.0
0.1
32.1

193.8

Total 
£m

(44.6)
8.8
(7.5)

(2.9)

2.9

(43.3)

(23.2)
(7.5)

(3.5)

3.5

(74.0)

2021 
£m

19.4
89.2

–
0.7
–
16.4

125.7

1  

 Stocking finance facilities are provided from Black Horse Limited and Lombard North Central PLC. At 31 March 2022 the Group had £195.0m (FY21: £106.0m) of 

stocking finance facilities available of which £147.0m (FY21: £89.2m) was drawn. 

 The stocking finance facility with Black Horse Limited was renegotiated in May 2019 and all borrowings are secured against the vehicle which the stocking finance facility is 

drawn down against. During FY21 this facility was increased from £75.0m to £80.0m and during FY22 it was increased by an additional £40.0m to £120.0m. The finance is 

repayable on the earlier of the sale of the respective vehicle or a latest date of between 90 and 150 days from date of drawdown of the facility amount. In FY21 the repayment 

term was extended by 30 days for vehicles already on the scheme as at 18 March 2021. The facility bears interest at the rate of 1% over Finance House Base Rate.

 The stocking finance facility with Lombard North Central PLC was negotiated in March 2019 and all borrowings are secured against the vehicle which the stocking 

finance facility is drawn down against. The finance is repayable on the earlier of the sale of the respective vehicle or a latest date of between 90 and 120 days from 

date of drawdown of the facility amount. In FY21 the repayment term was extended by 60 days for vehicles already on the scheme as at 4 February 2021 and during 

FY22 the limit was increased from £29.0m to £75.0m on the same terms as the original agreement. The facility bears interest at the rate of 1.35% over the Sterling 

Overnight Index Average (‘SONIA’) rate since 1 January 2022 when 7 day LIBOR rate was no longer published.

Interest expense in the year of £1.5m (FY21: £1.1m) has been recognised as a finance cost.

2    Included within accruals and deferred income is £3.9m (FY21: £3.3m) in relation to vehicles invoiced not collected at the reporting date and £3.0m (FY21: £3.0m)  

of commissions received in advance.

  Other than the stocking finance facilities payable, trade and other payables are all non-interest bearing. 

  Due to their short maturities, the fair value of current liabilities approximates to their book value and all are in sterling.

Strategic ReportFinancial StatementsGovernance 
 
 
Motorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

134

135

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

25. Provisions

Make good provision1
Onerous lease2

2022 
£m 
Current

2022 
£m 
Non-current

–
0.1

0.1

2.5
–

2.5

2022 
£m 
Total

2.5
0.1

2.6

2021 
£m 
Current

2021 
£m 
Non-current

–
0.1

0.1

1.9
0.1

2.0

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year are set out below:

2022 
£m 
Make good 
provision1

1.9

0.6
–
–

2.5

2022 
£m 
Onerous  
lease2

0.2

–
–
(0.1)

0.1

2022 
£m 
Total

2.1

0.6
–
(0.1)

2.6

2021 
£m 
Make good 
provision1

1.9

–
–
–

1.9

2021 
£m 
Onerous  
lease2

0.4

–
–
(0.2)

0.2

Carrying amount at start of year
Charged to statement of 
comprehensive income:
– Additional provisions recognised
– Unwinding of discount
Amounts used during the year

Carrying amount at end of year

1  Make good provision

2021 
£m 
Total

1.9
0.2

2.1

2021 
£m 
Total

2.3

–
–
(0.2)

2.1

 Motorpoint Group Plc is required to restore the leased premises of its retail stores to their original condition at the end of the respective lease terms. A provision has 

been recognised for the present value of the estimated expenditure required to remove any leasehold improvements. These costs have been capitalised as part of 

the cost of right-of-use assets and are amortised over the shorter of the term of the lease and the useful life of the assets.

 The timing of the cash outflow relating to the make good provision is in line with the life of the relevant lease. The remaining term on existing leases ranges from 2 to 

16 years with a weighted average of 10 years. 

 There is judgement associated with the potential cost of remediation of each property and estimated provisions have been based on the past experience of the Group.

2   Onerous leases

 The Group operates across a number of locations and if there is clear indication that a property will no longer be used for its intended operation, a provision may be 

required based on an estimate of potential liabilities for periods of lease where the property will not be used at the end of the reporting period, to unwind over the 

remaining term of the lease. The onerous lease is likely to be utilised for a period of 4 years.

26. Financial instruments and risk management
The principal financial liabilities comprise inventory finance facilities, borrowings, and trade and other payables. The main purpose 
of these financial liabilities is to provide working capital funding for the Group. The main risks arising from financial liabilities are 
discussed further below. The principal financial assets comprise trade and other receivables, and cash at bank and in hand. The 
maximum exposure at the balance sheet date is the carrying value of the financial assets as disclosed in this note. 

(a) Credit risk
The Group trades predominantly with retail customers. Sales to such customers are for cash and/or part-exchange, often with 
finance provided by a selected panel of financial institutions. The majority of the Group’s sales are thus for cash or the remittances 
of funds from financial institutions, which is achieved in a short period after the sale. As such the Group does not consider that 
it is exposed to credit risk from retail customers. Receivable balances are monitored on an ongoing basis with the result that 
the Group’s exposure to bad debts is not considered to be significant. The maximum exposure is the carrying value amount as 
disclosed in this note. There is no significant concentration of credit risk within the Group. As a consequence, the Directors are 
satisfied that the Group’s exposure to credit risk is acceptable. 

With respect to credit risk arising from other financial assets of the Group, which comprise cash and cash equivalents, the Group’s 
exposure to credit risk arises from the default of counterparties, with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying amount of these 
instruments. Default is defined as the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument  
fails to meet its contractual obligations. Counterparty credit risk is managed through the monitoring and active management  
of counterparty balances. 

(b) Foreign exchange risk 
The Group is not exposed to a significant foreign exchange risk. In FY21 and FY22 there were no purchases of inventory from the 
EU, or other overseas countries and no hedging contracts were entered into.

At 31 March 2022 if sterling had weakened/strengthened by 10% against the Euro, with all other variables held constant, the 
recalculated post-tax profit for the year would therefore have been unchanged (FY21: unchanged) as a result of foreign exchange 
losses/gains on the translation of euro-denominated trade payables. 

(c) Funding and liquidity risk 
The funding arrangements of the Group at the balance sheet date consisted primarily of the stocking finance facilities, trade 
and other payables, as well as an unsecured loan facility provided by Santander UK PLC, split between £6.0m available as an 
uncommitted overdraft and £29.0m available as a revolving credit facility. Further information regarding these arrangements is 
included in note 23. 

The Group monitors its risk to a shortage of funds using a long term business plan that considers the maturity of all of its financial 
liabilities and the projected cash flows from operations. The Group aims to have sufficient committed borrowing facilities and 
operating cash flows to cover its core long term requirements.

The maturity table that follows details the contractual, undiscounted cash flows (both principal and interest) for the Group’s 
non-derivative financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the balance sheet date to the 
contractual maturity date. Interest payments have been calculated using the LIBOR rates at the period end, except where rates 
had already been contracted.

2022

Borrowings
Stocking finance facilities
Trade creditors and accruals
Lease liabilities

2021 

Borrowings
Stocking finance facilities
Trade creditors and accruals
Lease liabilities

Within  
180 days  
£m

Between 180 
days and  
1 year 
£m

Between  
1 and 2 years 
£m

Between  
2 and 5 years 
£m

Over  
5 years 
£m

29.0
147.0
37.0
3.0

216.0

–
–
–
3.0

3.0

–
–
–
5.9

5.9

–
–
–
16.5

16.5

–
–
–
35.1

35.1

Within  
180 days 
£m

Within  
1 year 
£m

Between  
1 and 2 years 
£m

Between  
2 and 5 years 
£m

Over  
5 years 
£m

–
89.2
29.5
2.7

121.4

–
–
–
2.7

2.7

–
–
–
5.4

5.4

–
–
–
15.2

15.2

–
–
–
35.1

35.1

Total 
£m

29.0
147.0
37.0
63.5

276.5

Total 
£m

–
89.2
29.5
61.1

179.8

(d) Capital market risk 
The Group is subject to capital market risk, primarily in relation to changes in interest rates. The Group’s interest bearing financial 
liabilities are analysed as follows:

Sterling denominated

Total

Floating 
£m

176.0

176.0

2022

Fixed 
£m

–

–

Total 
£m

176.0

176.0

Floating 
£m

89.2

89.2

2021

Fixed 
£m

–

–

Total 
£m

89.2

89.2

At 31 March 2022 and 2021 the floating rate financial liabilities comprise stocking finance facilities that bear interest at rates based 
on Finance House Base Rate and a revolving credit facility which bears interest based on the Sterling Overnight Index Average 
(‘SONIA’) rate since 1 January 2022 when the LIBOR rate was no longer published. 

The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in interest rates, with all other variables held 
constant, to the Group’s results before tax. The Group’s equity would be impacted by this amount less tax at the prevailing rate. 

Sterling 
Sterling

Increase/ 
decrease in 
basis points

+50
-50

2022  
£m

(0.9)
0.9

2021  
£m

(0.4)
0.4

(e) Capital management 
The Group’s objective when managing capital is to ensure adequate working capital for all operating activities and liquidity, 
including a comfortable headroom to take advantage of shorter term opportunities, or to weather short term shocks. Secondly 
the Group aims to operate an efficient capital structure to achieve the business plan. For these purposes the Group considers 
capital to be shareholders’ equity, borrowings and stocking finance facilities. 

Consistent with others in the industry the Group monitors capital through the following ratio: total net debt as per note 22 divided 
by EBITDA.

Strategic ReportFinancial StatementsGovernance 
 
 
 
Motorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

136

137

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

26. Financial instruments and risk management continued
The funding arrangements of the Group at the balance sheet date consisted primarily of the stocking finance facilities, trade and 
other payables, as well as an unsecured loan facility provided by Santander UK PLC, split between £6.0m available as an overdraft 
and £29.0m available as a revolving credit facility. Further information regarding these arrangements is included in note 23. 

There are certain covenants on the revolving credit and stocking facilities relating to a maximum debt to equity and interest rate 
cover in respect of the Group consolidated financial statements. The Group reviews covenant compliance on a monthly basis, 
both retrospectively and prospectively. As discussed more in note 2 and 4, in a stressed scenario, it is possible the Group would 
need to negotiate changes to the banking covenants but this is not considered plausible in the scenarios modelled. 

At 31 March 2022 the Group had undrawn stocking finance facilities of £48.0m (FY21: £16.8m) and undrawn credit facilities of £6m 
(FY21: £35.0m). The excess headroom as at the current period end includes the additional stocking facility agreed on 25 March 
2022 and further information can be found in note 2. 

Under the terms of the major borrowing facilities, the Group is required to comply with the following financial covenants, terms 
are defined within the Alternative performance measures section of the Glossary: 

• 

• 

• 

the interest cover (EBITDA to borrowing costs) should not be less than 4:1 

adjusted leverage being the total net debt to adjusted EBITDA should not exceed 3:1

the reported Net Worth1 will not at any stage fall below the amount of £30.0m.

1  New covenant applicable from 1 December 2021 as a result of renegotiating the Black Horse stocking facility.

2021 

Borrowings
Trade creditors
Stocking finance facilities
Other taxes and social security
Lease liabilities
Accruals and deferred income

Other financial 
liabilities at 
amortised cost  

Liabilities  
not within  
the scope  
of IFRS 9  

£m

–
19.4
89.2
–
49.3
10.1

168.0

£m

–
–
–
0.7
–
6.3

7.0

Total  
£m

–
19.4
89.2
0.7
49.3
16.4

175.0

Fair value hierarchy
Financial instruments carried at fair value are required to be measured by reference to the following levels:

• 

• 

• 

Level 1: quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 

Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly  
(i.e.as prices) or indirectly (i.e.derived from prices). 

Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs). 

The Group has complied with these covenants as applicable throughout the reporting period. As at 31 March 2022, they were 
108:1, 1:1 and £39.4m respectively (FY21: 62:1, 0:1 and not applicable respectively).

The Group has no financial instruments carried at fair value.

(f) Fair value estimation 
The Group has no financial assets or liabilities carried at fair value.

(g) Financial instruments by category 
The Group’s financial assets are all measured at amortised cost.

2022

Trade receivables
Other receivables
Accrued income
Cash and cash equivalents

2021

Trade receivables
Other receivables
Accrued income
Cash and cash equivalents

The Group’s liabilities are classified as follows:

2022

Borrowings
Trade creditors
Stocking finance facilities
Other taxes and social security
Lease liabilities
Other creditors
Accruals and deferred income

Carrying value  
£m

9.9
–
0.1
7.8

17.8

Carrying value 
£m

2.1
0.5
0.4
6.0

9.0

Other financial 
liabilities at 
amortised cost  
£m

Liabilities  
not within  
the scope  
of IFRS 9  
£m

29.0
11.8
147.0
–
52.8
0.1
25.2

265.9

–
–
–
2.8
–
–
6.9

9.7

Total  
£m

29.0
11.8
147.0
2.8
52.8
0.1
32.1

275.6

(h) Credit quality of financial assets 
As disclosed in note 21 the Group has no financial assets that are past due or impaired. The Group’s financial assets represent 
balances due from a selected panel of financial institutions that provide finance to the Group’s retail customers and cash and cash 
equivalents held with banks. The Group has banking arrangements in place with Barclays Bank plc, Santander UK PLC and Lloyds 
Bank plc, all of which have a Fitch credit rating of A+. The Group does not obtain credit ratings for its customers. Due to their short 
maturities the expected credit loss on financial assets is estimated at £Nil. 

27. Post employment benefit obligations 
The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme. The pension cost charge for the year represents contributions 
payable by the Group to the scheme and is disclosed in note 9. Contributions totalling £0.1m (FY21: £0.1m) were payable to the 
scheme at the end of the year and are included in accruals.

28. Share capital

2022

2021

Number 
‘000

Amount 
£m

Number 
‘000

Amount 
£m

Allotted, called up and fully paid Ordinary Shares of 1p each

Balance at the end of the year

90,190

0.9

90,190

0.9

1  Share buyback 

There has been no share buyback during FY21 and FY22.

 Since the commencement of the current share buyback programme in 2019 as at 31 March 2022, 615,000 shares have been bought back and cancelled 

representing 0.7% of the issued Ordinary Shares, at a cost of £1.8m.

There are currently no shares held in treasury for use to satisfy employee share plan obligations. 

The Group does not have a limited amount of authorised capital.

29. Capital redemption reserve 
The capital redemption reserve represents the purchase by the Group of its own shares and comprises the amount by which 
distributable profits were reduced on these transactions in accordance with s733 of the Companies Act 2006. £Nil (FY21: 
£Nil) was transferred into the capital redemption reserve during the year in respect of shares purchased by the Group and 
subsequently cancelled. 

30. Capital reorganisation reserve 
The capital reorganisation reserve represents the capital reduction in the nominal value of shares in Motorpoint Group Limited 
(re-registered as Motorpoint Group Plc on 10 May 2016) from £1 to 1p. 

Strategic ReportFinancial StatementsGovernance 
 
Motorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

138

139

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

31. Employee benefit trust (‘EBT’) reserve
The EBT has an independent trustee and has been set up to satisfy awards which are exercised in accordance with the terms  
of the various share-based schemes detailed in note 34.

At 31 March 2022 the EBT held 1,372,677 (FY21: 34,841) Ordinary Shares of 1p each in the Group, the market value of which 
amounted to £4.7m (FY21: £0.1m). Details of outstanding share awards and options are shown in note 34.

The consideration paid for the Ordinary Shares of 1p each in the Group held by the EBT at 31 March 2022 and 31 March 2021 has 
been shown as an EBT reserve and presented within equity for the Group. All other assets, liabilities, income and costs of the EBT 
have been incorporated into the accounts of the Group.

The table below shows the movements in equity from EBT transactions during the year:

Shares purchased by the EBT in the year
Shares issued in respect of employee share schemes

1,449,048
(111,212)

5.0
(0.4) 

183,494
165,093

2022

2021

Number 
‘000

Amount 
 £m

Number 
‘000

Amount 
£m

0.4
(0.3)

Proceeds of £0.2m (FY21: £0.3m) were received on the exercise of share-based payments. The weighted average cost of shares 
issued by the EBT was £0.4m (FY21: £0.3m). 

Subsequent to the year end, employee share options over 3,808 (FY21: 6,721) shares had been exercised and had been satisfied  
by Ordinary Shares issued by the EBT.

32. Other commitments
Capital commitments 
The Group had capital commitments of £Nil at 31 March 2022 (FY21: £Nil).

33. Cash flow from operations

Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders
Adjustments for:
Taxation charge
Finance costs

Operating profit
Share-based payments
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets
Depreciation charge

Cash flow from operations before movements in working capital
Increase in inventory
Increase in trade and other receivables
Increase in trade and other payables

Cash (used in) / generated from operations

2022  
£m

16.9

4.6
3.5

25.0
0.1
–
7.3

32.4
(100.0)
(5.9)
68.0

(5.5)

2021  
£m

7.6

2.1
2.9

12.6
0.2
0.1
5.7

18.6
(16.6)
(3.3)
13.7

12.4

34. Share-based compensation 
Share options are granted to Senior Executives and other individuals throughout the organisation. The Group currently operates 
three share schemes and these are the Performance Share Plan (’PSP’), the Share Incentive Plan (‘SIP’) and the Save As You Earn 
(‘SAYE’) schemes. During FY21 the Restricted Shares Award scheme (‘RSA’) was introduced, which operates under the rules of the 
PSP scheme. 

The total expense recognised immediately in profit and loss arising from equity-settled share-based payment transactions in the 
year relating to the three schemes including associated national insurance (‘NI’) charges was £0.1m (FY21: £0.2m).

NI is being accrued, where applicable, at a rate of 15.05% which management expects to be the prevailing rate when the awards 
are exercised, based on the share price at the reporting date. NI for the year ended 31 March 2022 relating to all awards was a 
charge of £Nil (FY21: £Nil).

Share Incentive Plan
The Group operates a SIP under which an award was made available to all eligible employees following admission to the London 
Stock Exchange in May 2016.

Performance Share Plan 
The Group operates a Performance Share Plan for Executive Directors and certain key senior managers. 

Restricted Share Award (‘RSA’) 
Restricted shares differ from performance shares in a way that the grant level is scaled back, but the vesting of the shares  
is not subject to specific future conditions (other than a performance underpin).

SAYE scheme
The Group operates a SAYE scheme for all employees under which employees are invited to subscribe for options over 
the Company’s shares at an exercise price representing a 10% discount to the closing mid-market price the day before the 
invitation date. 

Plan

SIP
SIP
FY17 PSP
FY18 PSP
FY19 PSP
FY20 PSP (A)
FY20 PSP (B)1
FY21 RSA (A)
FY21 RSA (B)
FY21 RSA (C)
FY21 RSA (D)
FY22 RSA (A)
FY22 RSA (B)
FY22 RSA (C)
FY22 RSA (D)
SAYE17
SAYE18
SAYE19
SAYE20
SAYE21
SAYE22

Grant  
date

Vesting  
date

Lapse  
date

Settlement  

type

27-Jun-16
22-Dec-17
23-Jun-16
21-Jul-17
20-Jul-18
22-Jul-19
22-Jul-19
24-Aug-20
24-Aug-20
24-Aug-20
24-Aug-20
16-Jun-21
16-Jun-21
16-Jun-21
16-Jun-21
27-Dec-16
27-Dec-17
21-Dec-18
23-Dec-19
23-Dec-20
20-Dec-21

27-Jun-19
22-Dec-20
22-Jun-19
21-Jul-20
1-Apr-21
22-Jul-21
22-Jul-22
24-Aug-23
24-Aug-23
24-Aug-24
24-Aug-25
16-Jun-24
16-Jun-24
16-Jun-25
16-Jun-26
1-Feb-20
1-Feb-21
1-Feb-22
1-Feb-23
1-Feb-24
1-Feb-25

N/A equity-settled
cash-settled
N/A
23-Jun-26 equity-settled
equity-settled
21-Jul-27
20-Jul-28 equity-settled
22-Jul-29 equity-settled
22-Jul-29 equity-settled
24-Aug-30 equity-settled
24-Aug-30 equity-settled
24-Aug-30 equity-settled
24-Aug-30 equity-settled
equity-settled
16-Jun-31
equity-settled
16-Jun-31
equity-settled
16-Jun-31
16-Jun-31
equity-settled
1-Aug-20 equity-settled
equity-settled
1-Aug-21
1-Aug-22
equity-settled
1-Aug-23 equity-settled
1-Aug-24 equity-settled
1-Aug-25 equity-settled

Number 
of shares 
granted

194,023
118,716
596,659
830,267
323,303
203,620
412,022
199,333
37,877
18,938
18,938
297,013
82,589
41,295
41,295
770,041
417,765
283,012
222,040
259,001
403,215

5,770,962

Fair value at 
grant date2  

£

1.877
1.877
2.300
1.385
2.420
2.204
2.204
2.480
2.480
2.447
2.336
1.907
1.907
1.688
1.494
0.320
0.490
0.500
0.890
0.940
1.024

Exercise 
price 
£

Performance 
criteria

Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
1.12
1.77
1.89
2.30
2.77
2.76

No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No

1  The current assumption of non-vesting conditions reduces the fair value to zero at the balance sheet date.

2 

 The fair value at grant date as disclosed above is prior to applying an assumption for the number of shares not expected to vest due to participants leaving the scheme.

SIP

SAYE

PSP

RSA

2022

2021

FY22

FY21

FY22

FY21

FY22

FY21

FY22

FY21

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
£

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
£

Number of 
options

Number  
of options

55,173
–

63,045 586,484 581,604 962,361
–

– 403,215 259,001

1,459,519 268,178

–
– 462,192 275,086

0.74 1,872,196
865,407
0.82

0.55 2,104,168
534,087
1.34

–
(8,787)

– (153,677) (120,628) (526,923) (483,490)
(13,668)

(111,212) (133,493)

–

(7,872)

–
–

(6,908)
–

(0.52) (680,600)
(119,999)
(1.74)

(0.41)
(1.53)

(611,026)
(155,033)

46,386

55,173 724,810 586,484 435,438

962,361 730,370 268,178

0.79 1,937,004

0.74 1,872,196

46,386

55,173

35,985

37,655

23,416

23,416

–

–

0.60

105,787

0.57

116,244

Outstanding 
at 1 April FY
Awarded
Forfeited/
lapsed
Exercised

Outstanding 
at 31 March 
FY

Exercisable 
at 31 March 
FY

The option pricing model used by the entity to value the shares in the period in which they were launched is the 
Black-Scholes model.

The range of exercise prices of share options outstanding at the end of the period for SAYE plans is between £1.12 and £2.77 
(FY21: £1.12 – £2.77). The exercise price for PSP and RSA share awards is £Nil (FY21: £Nil). 

Strategic ReportFinancial StatementsGovernanceMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

140

141

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

34. Share-based compensation continued
The assumptions used in the measurement of the fair value at grant dates of the SAYE scheme are as follows:

20 December 2021

23 December 2020

23 December 2019

21 December 2018

27 December 2017

27 December 2016

Share price  
at grant date 
£

Expected  
volatility 
%

Option  

life years

Risk-free  
rate 
%

Dividend  
yield 
%

Non-vesting 
condition 
%

Fair value  
per option 
£

3.45

2.81

2.89

2.04

1.97

1.28

43.6

51.7

37.5

34.5

34.3

33.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

1.3

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

1.63

1.29

3.00

2.85

2.85

3.10

27.1

27.1

27.1

27.1

27.1

27.1

0.75

0.94

0.89

0.50

0.49

0.32

The maximum subscription offered is £3,600 (equivalent to £100 per month over the 36 month saving period). Contributions from 
salary are made into a savings account and on maturity participants can exercise their option to buy shares at the discounted rate 
with their saved contributions or have the funds returned to them. 

Expected volatility is estimated by considering historic average share price volatility of the Motorpoint Group Plc share price at the 
grant date. The requirement that an employee has to save in order to purchase shares under the SAYE is a non-vesting condition. 
This feature has been incorporated into the fair value at grant date by applying a discount to the valuation obtained from the 
Black-Scholes pricing model. 

FY22 SAYE

FY21 SAYE

FY20 SAYE

FY19 SAYE

Outstanding at 1 April 2021
Awarded
Forfeited
Vested/early exercise

Option 
exercise  
price £

–
2.76
–
–

Number

248,292
–
(62,451)
(432)

Option 
exercise  
price £

2.77
–
–
–

Number

164,222
–
(31,607)
(1,251)

Option 
exercise  
price £

2.30
–
–
–

Number

136,315
–
(13,706)
(86,624)

Number

–
403,215
(31,163)
–

Outstanding at 31 March 2022 372,052

–

185,409

–

131,364

–

35,985

Option 
exercise  
price £

1.89
–
–
–

–

The total charge in the year, included in administrative expenses, in relation to these awards was £0.1m (FY21: £0.1m). 

The weighted average remaining contractual life of the outstanding share options based on the relevant vesting date as at the 
year end is 1.6 years (FY21: 1.4 years).

35. Transactions and balances with related parties 
There were no transactions with related parties other than Directors and key management. Their remuneration, including  
share-based payment as detailed in note 10 to the Financial Statements, and their beneficiary owned shares, are detailed  
in the Remuneration Committee Report on page 94.

36. Post balance sheet events
After the year end, a sale and leaseback transaction was completed, relating to our site in Stockton-on-Tees. The freehold was 
sold for £5.0m and leased back at an annual rent of £350k. There was no material profit or loss on this transaction.

Company balance sheet
As at 31 March 2022

Assets
Non-current assets
Investments

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Liabilities
Current liabilities
Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Total current liabilities

Net current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Called up share capital
Capital redemption reserve
EBT reserve
Retained earnings

  At 1 April 2021 and 2020 respectively
  Loss for the year
  Share-based payments
  Share-based compensation options satisfied through the EBT

Total equity

Note

2022 
£m

2021 
£m

3

4

6
7

101.4

101.4

101.4

(52.1)

(52.1)

(52.1)

(52.1)

49.3

0.9
0.1
(4.7)

53.9
(0.3)
0.1
(0.7)

53.0

49.3

101.3

101.3

101.3

(46.4)

(46.4)

(46.4)

(46.4)

54.9

0.9
0.1
–

53.8
(0.1)
0.2
–

53.9

54.9

The notes on pages 143 to 146 are an integral part of these financial statements. 

The financial statements on pages 141 to 146 were approved by the Board of Directors on 15 June 2022 and were signed on its 
behalf by:

M Carpenter 
Chief Executive Officer 

C Morgan
Chief Financial Officer

Motorpoint Group Plc

Registered number 10119755

Strategic ReportFinancial StatementsGovernance 
 
 
 
Motorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

142

143

Company statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 31 March 2022

Notes to the Company financial statements 

At 1 April 2020 

Loss for the year

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:
Share-based payments

At 31 March 2021 

Loss for the year

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:
Share-based payments
EBT share purchases and commitments
Share-based compensation options satisfied through 
the EBT

Called up  
share 
capital 
£m

Capital  
redemption  
reserve 
£m

0.9

0.1

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.9

0.1

–

–
–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

Balance at 31 March 2022

0.9

0.1

EBT  
reserve 
£m

Retained  
earnings 
£m

53.8

(0.1)

0.2

0.2

53.9

(0.3)

0.1
–

(0.7)

(0.6)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–
(5.4)

0.7

(4.7)

(4.7)

Total  
equity 
£m

54.8

(0.1)

0.2

0.2

54.9

(0.3)

0.1
(5.4)

–

(5.3)

53.0

49.3

1. Summary of significant accounting policies 
Motorpoint Group Plc (the ‘Company’) is incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006. 

The Company is a public company limited by shares and is listed on the London Stock Exchange; the address of the registered 
office is Champion House, Stephensons Way, Derby, England, DE21 6LY. The principal activity of the Company is to provide the 
services of the Directors to the Group and that of a holding company. 

(a) Basis of preparation 
These Company financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2022 have been prepared in accordance with United Kingdom 
accounting standards including FRS 102 and the Companies Act 2006. These financial statements are prepared on a going 
concern basis, under the historical cost convention. The accounting policies have been consistently applied to all the years 
presented, unless otherwise stated. 

The Directors of the Company are also Directors of Motorpoint Group Plc and have used the going concern principle on the 
basis that the current profitable financial projections and facilities of the consolidated Group will continue in operation for the 
foreseeable future, being a period of at least 12 months from the date of this report. The Company is in a net current liability 
position; however as Motorpoint Limited is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, those outstanding balances will not be 
settled unless the Company has the means to repay. For further details of the going concern status of the Group see page 116.

The Company financial statements have been prepared in sterling which is the functional and presentational currency of the 
Company and have been presented in round £m. 

As permitted under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 an entity profit and loss is not included as part of the published 
consolidated financial statements of Motorpoint Group Plc. 

(b) Critical accounting judgements 
The preparation of the financial statements requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group 
and Company accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity for the Group are disclosed  
in note 4 to the consolidated financial statements. There are no critical estimates or judgements specific to the Company. 

(c) Investment in subsidiaries 
Investments in subsidiaries are held at cost, less any provision for impairment. Annually, the Directors consider whether any events 
or circumstances have occurred that could indicate that the carrying amount of fixed asset investments may not be recoverable. 
If such circumstances do exist, a full impairment review is undertaken to establish whether the carrying amounts exceed the 
higher of net realisable value or value in use. If this is the case, an impairment charge is recorded to reduce the carrying value of 
the related investment. Where equity-settled share-based compensation is granted to the employees of subsidiary companies, 
the fair value of the award is treated as a capital contribution by the Company and investments in subsidiaries are adjusted to 
reflect this capital contribution. 

(d) Dividend distribution 
Dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognised as a liability in the Company’s financial statements in the 
period in which the dividends are approved by the Company’s shareholders. 

(e) Financial instruments 
The Company is applying sections 11 and 12 of FRS 102 in respect of the recognition and measurement of financial instruments. 
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the Company’s balance sheet when the Company becomes party to the 
contractual provisions of the instrument. 

The Company classifies financial instruments, or their component parts, on initial recognition as financial assets, financial liabilities 
or equity instruments according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into. 

(f) Financial equity 
An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Company after deducting all of its 
liabilities. Equity instruments issued by the Company are recorded as the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

(g) Financial liabilities 
Financial liabilities are classified on initial recognition as either other financial liabilities measured at amortised cost or at fair value 
through profit or loss. 

(h) Share capital
Ordinary Shares are classified as equity. Costs incurred in issuing equity are deducted from the equity instrument.

(i) Employee benefits 
(i) Pensions 
The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme for employees. The assets of the scheme are held separately from 
those of the Group. The annual contributions are charged in the statement of comprehensive income in the year in which they 
become payable in accordance with the rules of the scheme. 

(ii) Other employee benefits 
The Group recognises an expense for other short-term employee benefits, primarily holiday pay and employee commissions and 
bonuses on an accruals basis. 

Strategic ReportFinancial StatementsGovernanceMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

144

145

Notes to the Company financial statements continued 

1. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
(iii) Share-based compensation
Equity-settled share-based compensation to employees and others providing similar services are measured at the fair value 
of the equity instruments at the grant date. The estimate is measured using the Black-Scholes pricing model and excludes the 
effect of non-market based vesting conditions. Details regarding the determination of the fair value of equity-settled share-based 
transactions are set out in note 34 of the Group’s financial statements. 

The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based compensation is expensed on a straight line basis over 
the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimates of equity instruments that will eventually vest. At each balance sheet date, the 
Group revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected to vest as a result of the effect of non-market based vesting 
conditions. The impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income such 
that the cumulative expenses reflect the revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to equity reserves. 

SAYE share options granted to employees are treated as cancelled when employees cease to contribute to the scheme. This 
results in accelerated recognition of the expenses that would have arisen over the remainder of the original vesting period. 

Cash-settled share-based compensation to employees and others providing similar services is measured at the fair value of the equity 
instruments at the grant date. A liability is recognised at the current fair value determined at each balance sheet date and at settlement. 

(j) Exemptions for qualifying entities under FRS 102 
FRS 102 allows certain disclosure exemptions. The Company has taken the exemptions under FRS 102 paragraphs 1.12 (b), (d) and 
(e) from including the preparation of a cash flow statement and disclosure in relation to share-based compensation and key 
management compensation, since equivalent disclosures are included in the consolidated financial statements of the Group 
headed by Motorpoint Group Plc. 

2. Employees and Directors
The Company has no employees other than Directors (FY21: none). Full details of the Directors’ remuneration and interests are set 
out in the Remuneration Committee Report on pages 82 to 98. 

There were no transactions with related parties other than Directors and key management remuneration including share-based 
payment as detailed in note 10 to the consolidated financial statements. The shares beneficially owned by the Directors of the 
Company are detailed in the Remuneration Committee Report on page 94.

3. Investments

At 1 April
Share-based payment charge

At 31 March

2022  
£m

101.3
0.1

101.4

2021  
£m

101.1
0.2

101.3

At 31 March 2022 the Company had the following 100% owned subsidiary companies, all of whom are registered in England and 
Wales. Motorpoint Limited is the only direct subsidiary.

Subsidiary undertaking

Registered address

Principal activity

Registered number

Motorpoint Limited

Chartwell Leasing Limited1

Auction 4 Cars Limited1

Motorpoint Group Plc 
Employee Benefit Trust2

Champion House, Stephensons 
Way, Derby, England, DE21 6LY

Champion House, Stephensons 
Way, Derby, England, DE21 6LY

Champion House, Stephensons 
Way, Derby, England, DE21 6LY

Motor vehicle retail

03482801

Dormant

Dormant

04100916

09603690

12 Castle Street, Jersey, JE2 3RT

Employee benefit scheme

Not applicable

1  These subsidiary undertakings are entitled to exemptions under sections 476 and 480 of the Companies Act 2006 relating to dormant companies. 

2 

 The EBT is consolidated in the financial statements of the Group on the basis that the Company has control as detailed in note 2 to the consolidated financial statements.

4. Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Bank loans and overdrafts
Amounts owed to Group undertakings

2022 
£m

29.0
23.1

52.1

2021  
£m

–
46.4

46.4

Amounts due to Group undertakings are repayable on demand, unsecured and non-interest bearing. See note 9 for further details 
on borrowings.

5. Financial instruments 
Financial instruments utilised by the Company during the year ended 31 March 2022 may be analysed as follows:

Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost

2022 
£m

52.1

52.1

2021  
£m

46.4

46.4

Financial instruments included within current assets and liabilities (excluding cash) are generally short term in nature and 
accordingly their fair values approximate to their book values. 

The Company’s financial liabilities are repayable on demand and therefore their fair value is equal to their book value.

6. Called up share capital

2022

2021

Number 
’000

Amount 
£m

Number 
‘000

Amount 
£m

Allotted, called up and fully paid Ordinary Shares of 1p each

Balance at the end of the year

90,190

0.9

90,190

0.9

1  There has been no share buyback during FY21 and FY22.

 Since the commencement of the current share buyback programme in 2019 as at 31 March 2022, 615,000 shares have been bought back and cancelled 

representing 0.7% of the issued Ordinary Shares, at a cost of £1.8m.

At 31 March 2022 the EBT held 1,372,677 (FY21: 34,841) Ordinary Shares of 1p each in the Company, the market value of which 
amounted to £4.7m (FY21: £0.1m). Details of outstanding share awards and options are shown in note 34 of the consolidated 
financial statements. 

The Company does not have a limited amount of authorised capital.

7. Capital redemption reserve 
The capital redemption reserve represents the purchase by the Company of its own shares and comprises the amount by 
which distributable profits were reduced on these transactions in accordance with s733 of the Companies Act 2006. £Nil (FY21: 
£0.1m) was transferred into the capital redemption reserve during the year in respect of shares purchased by the Company and 
subsequently cancelled.

8. Dividends 
During the year no dividends were paid (FY21: £Nil).

The Board has not proposed a final dividend (FY21: £Nil) for the year ended 31 March 2022. 

9. Borrowings 
The Group’s available borrowings consist of an unsecured loan facility provided by Santander UK PLC which is in place until 
May 2024 and is split between £6.0m available as an uncommitted overdraft and £29.0m available as a revolving credit 
facility. Further detail is available in note 23 of the consolidated Group financial statements. The revolving credit facility and 
the overdraft expire in May 2024. As at the reporting date £29.0m of the revolving credit facility (FY21: £Nil) and £Nil of the 
overdraft (FY21: £Nil) was drawn down. 

The finance charge for utilising the facility is dependent on the Group’s borrowing ratios as well as the base rate of interest in 
effect. During the year ended 31 March 2022 interest was charged at 1.4% (FY21: 1.4%) per annum. The interest charged for the  
year of £0.3m (FY21: £0.2m) has been expensed as a finance cost.

Strategic ReportFinancial StatementsGovernance 
Motorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

146

147

Notes to the Company financial statements continued 

Alternative performance measures ‘APMs’

10. Commitments and contingencies 
Capital commitments 
The Company had no capital commitments at 31 March 2022 (FY21: £Nil). 

Contingencies 
There are no disputes with any third parties that would result in a material liability for the Company. 

The Company acts as guarantor over the Group’s £195.0m (FY21: £109.0m) stocking finance facilities with Black Horse Limited  
and Lombard North Central PLC. 

11. Related parties
During the year, a management charge of £1.1m (FY21: £0.8m) was received from Motorpoint Limited in respect of services rendered. 

During the year Motorpoint Limited paid interest of £0.2m (FY21: £0.2m) on behalf of the Company.

On behalf of Motorpoint Group Plc, Motorpoint Limited paid Directors’ salaries and fees of £1.1m (FY21: £0.9m) during the year  
and has recharged this to Motorpoint Group Plc. 

At the year end the balance outstanding due to Motorpoint Limited totalled £23.1m (FY21: £46.4m). 

The Company grants share awards to employees of Motorpoint Limited as detailed in note 34 to the consolidated financial 
statements. As a result, there was a share-based payment charge of £0.1m (FY21: £0.2m) as disclosed in the Company’s Statement 
of Changes in Equity with a corresponding increase in Investments.

Introduction 
We assess the performance of the Group using a variety of alternative performance measures that are not defined under IFRS and 
are therefore termed non-GAAP measures. The non-GAAP measures we use are: adjusted operating profit; adjusted PBT; adjusted 
EBITDA, adjusted EPS; GP/adjusted overheads ratio; operating cash conversion; EBITDA and ROCE. The rationale for using these 
measures, along with a reconciliation from the nearest measures prepared in accordance with IFRS, is presented below. 

The APMs we use may not be directly comparable with similarly titled measures used by other companies. 

GP/adjusted overheads ratio 
We measure financial performance based on our gross profit/adjusted overheads ratio. The calculation of this measure is 
as follows:

Year ended 31 March

Gross profit

Adjusted overheads

Gross profit/adjusted overheads

2022 
£m

106.3

(81.3)

2021  
£m

62.5

(49.9)

130.8%

125.3%

In the current and prior year adjusted overheads is equal to operating expenses as a result of there being no exceptional items.

Operating cash conversion
We also measure financial performance based on operating cash conversion. The calculation of this measure is as follows:

Year ended 31 March

Cash (used in)/generated from operations
Operating profit

2022 
£m

(5.5)
25.0

2021  
£m

12.4
12.6

Cash (used in)/generated from operations/operating profit

(22.0)%

98.4%

EBITDA

Year ended 31 March

Profit before taxation
Finance expense
Depreciation
Amortisation

EBITDA

2022 
£m

21.5
3.5
7.3
–

32.3

2021  
£m

9.7
2.9
5.7
–

18.3

Return on capital employed (‘ROCE’)
A commonly used metric that can be used to compare performance to other financial businesses. It measures the profit (i.e. return) 
relative to the amount of capital employed. The higher the ROCE the greater the return for the capital employed in the business.

Year ended 31 March

Operating profit (£’m)

Average net assets (£’m)

ROCE (%)

2022

25.0

33.5

74.6

2021 

12.6

23.9

52.7

Strategic ReportFinancial StatementsGovernanceMotorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

148

Glossary

Term

Meaning

Adjusted basic Earnings per Share

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted diluted Earnings per Share 

Adjusted Operating Costs
Adjusted Operating Profit
Adjusted Overheads
Adjusted PBT
AGM
APM
CAGR
Capital Employed

CEO
CFO
CJRS
DEFRA
DTR
EBITDA
EBT
EPS
ESG
FCA
FRC
FTE
GAAP
GP
GP/Adjusted Overheads
HMRC
IAS
IFRS
INED
IPO
LIBOR
LTIP
NBS
NED
NI
NPS
OEM
Operating Cash Conversion
PBT
PCI
PCP
PSP
PwC
ROCE
RSA
SAYE
SECR
SID
SIP
Structural Debt
VED

Earnings attributable to equity shareholders adjusted for Exceptional Items/
weighted average number of Ordinary Shares during the year
Earnings Before Finance Expense, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation  
adjusted for Exceptional Items
Earnings attributable to equity shareholders adjusted for Exceptionals/
weighted average number of Ordinary Shares during the year adjusted  
for dilutive share options
Operating Expenses before Exceptionals
Operating Profit before Exceptionals
Operating Expenses before Exceptionals
Profit Before Tax before Exceptionals
Annual General Meeting
Alternative Performance Measure
Compound Annual Growth Rate
Average of the opening and closing position of the year for Net Assets  
adjusted for related party balances and legacy EBT liability
Chief Executive Officer
Chief Financial Officer
Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme
Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules
Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation
Employee Benefit Trust
Earnings per Share
Environmental, Social and Governance
Financial Conduct Authority
Financial Reporting Council
Full Time Equivalent
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice
Gross Profit
Gross Profit/Operating Costs before Exceptionals
HM Revenue and Customs
International Accounting Standards
International Financial Reporting Standards
Independent Non-Executive Director
Initial Public Offering
London Interbank Offered Rate
Long Term Incentive Plan
New Bridge Street
Non-Executive Director
National Insurance
Net Promoter Score
Original Equipment Manufacturer
Cash generated from operations/operating profit
Profit Before Tax
Payment Card Industry
Personal Contract Purchase
Performance Share Plan
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Return On Capital Employed, being Operating Profit/Capital Employed
Restricted Share Award
Save As You Earn
Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting
Senior Independent Non-Executive Director
Share Incentive Plan
Debt excluding stock finance facilities
Vehicle Excise Duty

Shareholder information and advisers

149

Registered office
Motorpoint
Champion House
Stephensons Way
Derby DE21 6LY
United Kingdom

Company number
10119755

Company secretary
Chris Morgan

Joint stock brokers
Numis Securities Limited
45 Gresham Street
London
EC2V 7QA

Shore Capital Stockbrokers Limited
Bond Street House
14 Clifford Street
London W1S 4JU

Share listing
MOTR.L 1 pence Ordinary Shares are listed  
on the London Stock Exchange and are the  
only class of shares in issue

Independent Auditor
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
One Chamberlain Square
Birmingham
B3 3AX

Legal advisers
Pinsent Masons LLP
30 Crown Place
London EC2A 4ES

Registrar
Link Group
Unit 10
Central Square
29 Wellington Street
Leeds
LS1 4DL

Financial PR
FTI Consulting
200 Aldersgate
Aldersgate Street
London EC1A 4HD
Tel: +44 20 3727 1000

Bankers
Santander UK PLC
2 Clumber Street
Nottingham NG1 3GA

Financial calendar
27 July 2022
Early October 2022
Late November 2022

Annual General Meeting 
Half Year Trading Update 
Interim Results Announcement

Shareholder enquiries 
Our registrars will be pleased to deal with any questions regarding your shareholdings on 0333 300 1950 (calls are charged 
at the standard geographic rate and will vary by provider) or email enquiries@linkgroup.co.uk. Alternatively, you can access 
www.signalshares.com where you can view and manage all aspects of your shareholding securely including electronic 
communications, account enquiries or address amendments. 

Investor relations website 
The investor relations section of our website, www.motorpointplc.com, provides further information for anyone interested in 
Motorpoint. In addition to the Annual Report and Accounts and share price, Company announcements including the full year 
results announcements are also published there. 

Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements 
Certain statements made in this Report are forward-looking statements. Such statements are based on current expectations and 
assumptions and are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual events or results to differ materially 
from any expected future events or results expressed or implied in these forward-looking statements. They appear in a number 
of places throughout this Report and include statements regarding the intentions, beliefs or current expectations of the Directors 
concerning, amongst other things, the Group’s results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth, strategies 
and the business. Persons receiving this Report should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. Unless otherwise 
required by applicable laws, regulations or accounting standards, Motorpoint Group Plc does not undertake to update or revise 
any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.

Strategic ReportFinancial StatementsGovernance 
Motorpoint Group Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

150

Notes

M

o

t

o

r

p

o

i

n

t

G

r

o

u

p

P

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

2

Motorpoint Group Plc
Champion House 
Stephensons Way 
Derby 
DE21 6LY